RubyDoc.info: Class: Aws::S3::Client – Documentation for aws-sdk-s3 (1.86.0)

#abort_multipart_upload(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::AbortMultipartUploadOutput`

This operation aborts a multipart upload. After a multipart upload is aborted, no additional parts can be uploaded using that upload ID. The storage consumed by any previously uploaded parts will be freed. However, if any part uploads are currently in progress, those part uploads might or might not succeed. As a result, it might be necessary to abort a given multipart upload multiple times in order to completely free all storage consumed by all parts.

To verify that all parts have been removed, so you don’t get charged for the part storage, you should call the [ListParts] operation and ensure that the parts list is empty.

For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see [Multipart Upload API and Permissions].

The following operations are related to ‘AbortMultipartUpload`:

CreateMultipartUpload][3
UploadPart][4
CompleteMultipartUpload][5
ListParts][1
ListMultipartUploads][6

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html [6]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListMultipartUploads.html

Examples:

Example: To abort a multipart upload


# The following example aborts a multipart upload.

resp = client.abort_multipart_upload({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  key: "bigobject", 
  upload_id: "xadcOB_7YPBOJuoFiQ9cz4P3Pe6FIZwO4f7wN93uHsNBEw97pl5eNwzExg0LAT2dUN91cOmrEQHDsP3WA60CEg--", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.abort_multipart_upload({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  key: "ObjectKey", # required
  upload_id: "MultipartUploadId", # required
  request_payer: "requester", # accepts requester
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.request_charged #=> String, one of "requester"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name to which the upload was taking place.

When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see [Using Access Points] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

When using this API with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [Using S3 on Outposts] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3onOutposts.html
:key (required, String) —

Key of the object for which the multipart upload was initiated.
:upload_id (required, String) —

Upload ID that identifies the multipart upload.
:request_payer (String) —

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requestor Pays Buckets] in the *Amazon S3 Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::AbortMultipartUploadOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #request_charged => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 531

def abort_multipart_upload(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:abort_multipart_upload, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#build_request(operation_name, params = {}) ⇒ `Object`

This method is part of a private API. You should avoid using this method if possible, as it may be removed or be changed in the future.

Parameters:

params ({}) (defaults to: {})

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 13560

def build_request(operation_name, params = {})
  handlers = @handlers.for(operation_name)
  context = Seahorse::Client::RequestContext.new(
    operation_name: operation_name,
    operation: config.api.operation(operation_name),
    client: self,
    params: params,
    config: config)
  context[:gem_name] = 'aws-sdk-s3'
  context[:gem_version] = '1.86.0'
  Seahorse::Client::Request.new(handlers, context)
end

#complete_multipart_upload(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::CompleteMultipartUploadOutput`

Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts.

You first initiate the multipart upload and then upload all parts using the [UploadPart] operation. After successfully uploading all relevant parts of an upload, you call this operation to complete the upload. Upon receiving this request, Amazon S3 concatenates all the parts in ascending order by part number to create a new object. In the Complete Multipart Upload request, you must provide the parts list. You must ensure that the parts list is complete. This operation concatenates the parts that you provide in the list. For each part in the list, you must provide the part number and the ‘ETag` value, returned after that part was uploaded.

Processing of a Complete Multipart Upload request could take several minutes to complete. After Amazon S3 begins processing the request, it sends an HTTP response header that specifies a 200 OK response. While processing is in progress, Amazon S3 periodically sends white space characters to keep the connection from timing out. Because a request could fail after the initial 200 OK response has been sent, it is important that you check the response body to determine whether the request succeeded.

Note that if ‘CompleteMultipartUpload` fails, applications should be prepared to retry the failed requests. For more information, see [Amazon S3 Error Best Practices].

For more information about multipart uploads, see [Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload].

For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see [Multipart Upload API and Permissions].

‘CompleteMultipartUpload` has the following special errors:

Error code: ‘EntityTooSmall`
- Description: Your proposed upload is smaller than the minimum allowed object size. Each part must be at least 5 MB in size, except the last part.
- 400 Bad Request
Error code: ‘InvalidPart`
- Description: One or more of the specified parts could not be found. The part might not have been uploaded, or the specified entity tag might not have matched the part’s entity tag.
- 400 Bad Request
Error code: ‘InvalidPartOrder`
- Description: The list of parts was not in ascending order. The parts list must be specified in order by part number.
- 400 Bad Request
Error code: ‘NoSuchUpload`
- Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.
- 404 Not Found

The following operations are related to ‘CompleteMultipartUpload`:

CreateMultipartUpload][5
UploadPart][1
AbortMultipartUpload][6
ListParts][7
ListMultipartUploads][8

Examples:

Example: To complete multipart upload


# The following example completes a multipart upload.

resp = client.complete_multipart_upload({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  key: "bigobject", 
  multipart_upload: {
    parts: [
      {
        etag: "\"d8c2eafd90c266e19ab9dcacc479f8af\"", 
        part_number: 1, 
      }, 
      {
        etag: "\"d8c2eafd90c266e19ab9dcacc479f8af\"", 
        part_number: 2, 
      }, 
    ], 
  }, 
  upload_id: "7YPBOJuoFiQ9cz4P3Pe6FIZwO4f7wN93uHsNBEw97pl5eNwzExg0LAT2dUN91cOmrEQHDsP3WA60CEg--", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  bucket: "acexamplebucket", 
  etag: "\"4d9031c7644d8081c2829f4ea23c55f7-2\"", 
  key: "bigobject", 
  location: "https://examplebucket.s3.<Region>.amazonaws.com/bigobject", 
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.complete_multipart_upload({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  key: "ObjectKey", # required
  multipart_upload: {
    parts: [
      {
        etag: "ETag",
        part_number: 1,
      },
    ],
  },
  upload_id: "MultipartUploadId", # required
  request_payer: "requester", # accepts requester
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.location #=> String
resp.bucket #=> String
resp.key #=> String
resp.expiration #=> String
resp.etag #=> String
resp.server_side_encryption #=> String, one of "AES256", "aws:kms"
resp.version_id #=> String
resp.ssekms_key_id #=> String
resp.bucket_key_enabled #=> Boolean
resp.request_charged #=> String, one of "requester"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
:key (required, String) —

Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
:multipart_upload (Types::CompletedMultipartUpload) —

The container for the multipart upload request information.
:upload_id (required, String) —

ID for the initiated multipart upload.
:request_payer (String) —

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requestor Pays Buckets] in the *Amazon S3 Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #location => String
- #bucket => String
- #key => String
- #expiration => String
- #etag => String
- #server_side_encryption => String
- #version_id => String
- #ssekms_key_id => String
- #bucket_key_enabled => Boolean
- #request_charged => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 731

def complete_multipart_upload(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:complete_multipart_upload, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#copy_object(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::CopyObjectOutput`

Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3.

<note markdown=“1”> You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic operation using this API. However, to copy an object greater than 5 GB, you must use the multipart upload Upload Part - Copy API. For more information, see [Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API].

</note>

All copy requests must be authenticated. Additionally, you must have read access to the source object and write access to the destination bucket. For more information, see [REST Authentication]. Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account.

A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy request or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. If the error occurs before the copy operation starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error. If the error occurs during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the ‘200 OK` response. This means that a `200 OK` response can contain either a success or an error. Design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.

If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about the copied object.

<note markdown=“1”> If the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. If it were not, it would not contain the content-length, and you would need to read the entire body.

</note>

The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region that you specify for the destination object. For pricing information, see [Amazon S3 pricing].

Amazon S3 transfer acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If you request a cross-Region copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you get a 400 ‘Bad Request` error. For more information, see [Transfer Acceleration].

Metadata

When copying an object, you can preserve all metadata (default) or specify new metadata. However, the ACL is not preserved and is set to private for the user making the request. To override the default ACL setting, specify a new ACL when generating a copy request. For more information, see [Using ACLs].

To specify whether you want the object metadata copied from the source object or replaced with metadata provided in the request, you can optionally add the ‘x-amz-metadata-directive` header. When you grant permissions, you can use the `s3:x-amz-metadata-directive` condition key to enforce certain metadata behavior when objects are uploaded. For more information, see [Specifying Conditions in a Policy] in the *Amazon S3 Developer Guide*. For a complete list of Amazon S3-specific condition keys, see [Actions, Resources, and Condition Keys for Amazon S3].

x-amz-copy-source-if Headers

To only copy an object under certain conditions, such as whether the ‘Etag` matches or whether the object was modified before or after a specified date, use the following request parameters:

‘x-amz-copy-source-if-match`
‘x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match`
‘x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since`
‘x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since`

If both the ‘x-amz-copy-source-if-match` and `x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since` headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns `200 OK` and copies the data:

‘x-amz-copy-source-if-match` condition evaluates to true
‘x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since` condition evaluates to false

If both the ‘x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match` and `x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since` headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns the `412 Precondition Failed` response code:

‘x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match` condition evaluates to false
‘x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since` condition evaluates to true

<note markdown=“1”> All headers with the ‘x-amz-` prefix, including `x-amz-copy-source`, must be signed.

</note>

**Server-side encryption**

When you perform a CopyObject operation, you can optionally use the appropriate encryption-related headers to encrypt the object using server-side encryption with AWS managed encryption keys (SSE-S3 or SSE-KMS) or a customer-provided encryption key. With server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts the data when you access it. For more information about server-side encryption, see [Using Server-Side Encryption].

If a target object uses SSE-KMS, you can enable an S3 Bucket Key for the object. For more information, see [Amazon S3 Bucket Keys] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

**Access Control List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers**

When copying an object, you can optionally use headers to grant ACL-based permissions. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual AWS accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the ACL on the object. For more information, see [Access Control List (ACL) Overview] and [Managing ACLs Using the REST API].

**Storage Class Options**

You can use the ‘CopyObject` operation to change the storage class of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3 using the `StorageClass` parameter. For more information, see [Storage Classes] in the *Amazon S3 Service Developer Guide*.

Versioning

By default, ‘x-amz-copy-source` identifies the current version of an object to copy. If the current version is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted. To copy a different version, use the `versionId` subresource.

If you enable versioning on the target bucket, Amazon S3 generates a unique version ID for the object being copied. This version ID is different from the version ID of the source object. Amazon S3 returns the version ID of the copied object in the ‘x-amz-version-id` response header in the response.

If you do not enable versioning or suspend it on the target bucket, the version ID that Amazon S3 generates is always null.

If the source object’s storage class is GLACIER, you must restore a copy of this object before you can use it as a source object for the copy operation. For more information, see [RestoreObject].

The following operations are related to ‘CopyObject`:

PutObject][14
GetObject][15

For more information, see [Copying Objects].

Examples:

Example: To copy an object


# The following example copies an object from one bucket to another.

resp = client.copy_object({
  bucket: "destinationbucket", 
  copy_source: "/sourcebucket/HappyFacejpg", 
  key: "HappyFaceCopyjpg", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  copy_object_result: {
    etag: "\"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae\"", 
    last_modified: Time.parse("2016-12-15T17:38:53.000Z"), 
  }, 
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.copy_object({
  acl: "private", # accepts private, public-read, public-read-write, authenticated-read, aws-exec-read, bucket-owner-read, bucket-owner-full-control
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  cache_control: "CacheControl",
  content_disposition: "ContentDisposition",
  content_encoding: "ContentEncoding",
  content_language: "ContentLanguage",
  content_type: "ContentType",
  copy_source: "CopySource", # required
  copy_source_if_match: "CopySourceIfMatch",
  copy_source_if_modified_since: Time.now,
  copy_source_if_none_match: "CopySourceIfNoneMatch",
  copy_source_if_unmodified_since: Time.now,
  expires: Time.now,
  grant_full_control: "GrantFullControl",
  grant_read: "GrantRead",
  grant_read_acp: "GrantReadACP",
  grant_write_acp: "GrantWriteACP",
  key: "ObjectKey", # required
  metadata: {
    "MetadataKey" => "MetadataValue",
  },
  metadata_directive: "COPY", # accepts COPY, REPLACE
  tagging_directive: "COPY", # accepts COPY, REPLACE
  server_side_encryption: "AES256", # accepts AES256, aws:kms
  storage_class: "STANDARD", # accepts STANDARD, REDUCED_REDUNDANCY, STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE, OUTPOSTS
  website_redirect_location: "WebsiteRedirectLocation",
  sse_customer_algorithm: "SSECustomerAlgorithm",
  sse_customer_key: "SSECustomerKey",
  sse_customer_key_md5: "SSECustomerKeyMD5",
  ssekms_key_id: "SSEKMSKeyId",
  ssekms_encryption_context: "SSEKMSEncryptionContext",
  bucket_key_enabled: false,
  copy_source_sse_customer_algorithm: "CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm",
  copy_source_sse_customer_key: "CopySourceSSECustomerKey",
  copy_source_sse_customer_key_md5: "CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5",
  request_payer: "requester", # accepts requester
  tagging: "TaggingHeader",
  object_lock_mode: "GOVERNANCE", # accepts GOVERNANCE, COMPLIANCE
  object_lock_retain_until_date: Time.now,
  object_lock_legal_hold_status: "ON", # accepts ON, OFF
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
  expected_source_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.copy_object_result.etag #=> String
resp.copy_object_result.last_modified #=> Time
resp.expiration #=> String
resp.copy_source_version_id #=> String
resp.version_id #=> String
resp.server_side_encryption #=> String, one of "AES256", "aws:kms"
resp.sse_customer_algorithm #=> String
resp.sse_customer_key_md5 #=> String
resp.ssekms_key_id #=> String
resp.ssekms_encryption_context #=> String
resp.bucket_key_enabled #=> Boolean
resp.request_charged #=> String, one of "requester"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:acl (String) —

The canned ACL to apply to the object.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the destination bucket.

When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see [Using Access Points] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

When using this API with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [Using S3 on Outposts] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3onOutposts.html
:cache_control (String) —

Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
:content_disposition (String) —

Specifies presentational information for the object.
:content_encoding (String) —

Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field.
:content_language (String) —

The language the content is in.
:content_type (String) —

A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
:copy_source (required, String) —
Specifies the source object for the copy operation. You specify the value in one of two formats, depending on whether you want to access the source object through an [access point]:
- For objects not accessed through an access point, specify the name of the source bucket and the key of the source object, separated by a slash (/). For example, to copy the object ‘reports/january.pdf` from the bucket `awsexamplebucket`, use `awsexamplebucket/reports/january.pdf`. The value must be URL encoded.
- For objects accessed through access points, specify the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the object as accessed through the access point, in the format ‘arn:aws:s3:<Region>:<account-id>:accesspoint/<access-point-name>/object/<key>`. For example, to copy the object `reports/january.pdf` through access point `my-access-point` owned by account `123456789012` in Region `us-west-2`, use the URL encoding of `arn:aws:s3:us-west-2:123456789012:accesspoint/my-access-point/object/reports/january.pdf`. The value must be URL encoded.
  
  <note markdown=“1”> Amazon S3 supports copy operations using access points only when the source and destination buckets are in the same AWS Region.
```
</note>
```
  Alternatively, for objects accessed through Amazon S3 on Outposts, specify the ARN of the object as accessed in the format ‘arn:aws:s3-outposts:<Region>:<account-id>:outpost/<outpost-id>/object/<key>`. For example, to copy the object `reports/january.pdf` through outpost `my-outpost` owned by account `123456789012` in Region `us-west-2`, use the URL encoding of `arn:aws:s3-outposts:us-west-2:123456789012:outpost/my-outpost/object/reports/january.pdf`. The value must be URL encoded.
To copy a specific version of an object, append ‘?versionId=<version-id>` to the value (for example, `awsexamplebucket/reports/january.pdf?versionId=QUpfdndhfd8438MNFDN93jdnJFkdmqnh893`). If you don’t specify a version ID, Amazon S3 copies the latest version of the source object.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-points.html
:copy_source_if_match (String) —

Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches the specified tag.
:copy_source_if_modified_since (Time, DateTime, Date, Integer, String) —

Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time.
:copy_source_if_none_match (String) —

Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) is different than the specified ETag.
:copy_source_if_unmodified_since (Time, DateTime, Date, Integer, String) —

Copies the object if it hasn’t been modified since the specified time.
:expires (Time, DateTime, Date, Integer, String) —

The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
:grant_full_control (String) —

Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
:grant_read (String) —

Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
:grant_read_acp (String) —

Allows grantee to read the object ACL.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
:grant_write_acp (String) —

Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
:key (required, String) —

The key of the destination object.
:metadata (Hash<String,String>) —

A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
:metadata_directive (String) —

Specifies whether the metadata is copied from the source object or replaced with metadata provided in the request.
:tagging_directive (String) —

Specifies whether the object tag-set are copied from the source object or replaced with tag-set provided in the request.
:server_side_encryption (String) —

The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
:storage_class (String) —

By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD Storage Class to store newly created objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability. Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different Storage Class. Amazon S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class. For more information, see [Storage Classes] in the *Amazon S3 Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html
:website_redirect_location (String) —

If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata.
:sse_customer_algorithm (String) —

Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example, AES256).
:sse_customer_key (String) —

Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the ‘x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm` header.
:sse_customer_key_md5 (String) —

Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
:ssekms_key_id (String) —

Specifies the AWS KMS key ID to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by AWS KMS will fail if not made via SSL or using SigV4. For information about configuring using any of the officially supported AWS SDKs and AWS CLI, see [Specifying the Signature Version in Request Authentication] in the *Amazon S3 Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version
:ssekms_encryption_context (String) —

Specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs.
:bucket_key_enabled (Boolean) —

Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with server-side encryption using AWS KMS (SSE-KMS). Setting this header to ‘true` causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with SSE-KMS.

Specifying this header with a COPY operation doesn’t affect bucket-level settings for S3 Bucket Key.
:copy_source_sse_customer_algorithm (String) —

Specifies the algorithm to use when decrypting the source object (for example, AES256).
:copy_source_sse_customer_key (String) —

Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to decrypt the source object. The encryption key provided in this header must be one that was used when the source object was created.
:copy_source_sse_customer_key_md5 (String) —

Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
:request_payer (String) —

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requestor Pays Buckets] in the *Amazon S3 Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
:tagging (String) —

The tag-set for the object destination object this value must be used in conjunction with the ‘TaggingDirective`. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters.
:object_lock_mode (String) —

The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to the copied object.
:object_lock_retain_until_date (Time, DateTime, Date, Integer, String) —

The date and time when you want the copied object’s Object Lock to expire.
:object_lock_legal_hold_status (String) —

Specifies whether you want to apply a Legal Hold to the copied object.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected destination bucket owner. If the destination bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.
:expected_source_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected source bucket owner. If the source bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::CopyObjectOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #copy_object_result => Types::CopyObjectResult
- #expiration => String
- #copy_source_version_id => String
- #version_id => String
- #server_side_encryption => String
- #sse_customer_algorithm => String
- #sse_customer_key_md5 => String
- #ssekms_key_id => String
- #ssekms_encryption_context => String
- #bucket_key_enabled => Boolean
- #request_charged => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 1271

def copy_object(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:copy_object, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#create_bucket(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::CreateBucketOutput`

Creates a new S3 bucket. To create a bucket, you must register with Amazon S3 and have a valid AWS Access Key ID to authenticate requests. Anonymous requests are never allowed to create buckets. By creating the bucket, you become the bucket owner.

Not every string is an acceptable bucket name. For information about bucket naming restrictions, see [Working with Amazon S3 buckets].

If you want to create an Amazon S3 on Outposts bucket, see [Create Bucket].

By default, the bucket is created in the US East (N. Virginia) Region. You can optionally specify a Region in the request body. You might choose a Region to optimize latency, minimize costs, or address regulatory requirements. For example, if you reside in Europe, you will probably find it advantageous to create buckets in the Europe (Ireland) Region. For more information, see [Accessing a bucket].

<note markdown=“1”> If you send your create bucket request to the ‘s3.amazonaws.com` endpoint, the request goes to the us-east-1 Region. Accordingly, the signature calculations in Signature Version 4 must use us-east-1 as the Region, even if the location constraint in the request specifies another Region where the bucket is to be created. If you create a bucket in a Region other than US East (N. Virginia), your application must be able to handle 307 redirect. For more information, see [Virtual hosting of buckets].

</note>

When creating a bucket using this operation, you can optionally specify the accounts or groups that should be granted specific permissions on the bucket. There are two ways to grant the appropriate permissions using the request headers.

Specify a canned ACL using the ‘x-amz-acl` request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as *canned ACLs*. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. For more information, see [Canned ACL].
Specify access permissions explicitly using the ‘x-amz-grant-read`, `x-amz-grant-write`, `x-amz-grant-read-acp`, `x-amz-grant-write-acp`, and `x-amz-grant-full-control` headers. These headers map to the set of permissions Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see [Access control list (ACL) overview].

You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:
- ‘id` – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an AWS account
- ‘uri` – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group
- ‘emailAddress` – if the value specified is the email address of an AWS account
  
  <note markdown=“1”> Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
```
* US East (N. Virginia)
```
  - US West (N. California)
  - US West (Oregon)
  - Asia Pacific (Singapore)
  - Asia Pacific (Sydney)
  - Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
  - Europe (Ireland)
  - South America (São Paulo)
```
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints,
```
  see [Regions and Endpoints] in the AWS General Reference.
```
</note>
```
For example, the following ‘x-amz-grant-read` header grants the AWS accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data and its metadata:

‘x-amz-grant-read: id=“11112222333”, id=“444455556666” `

<note markdown=“1”> You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.

</note>

The following operations are related to ‘CreateBucket`:

PutObject][8
DeleteBucket][9

Examples:

Example: To create a bucket in a specific region


# The following example creates a bucket. The request specifies an AWS region where to create the bucket.

resp = client.create_bucket({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  create_bucket_configuration: {
    location_constraint: "eu-west-1", 
  }, 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  location: "http://examplebucket.<Region>.s3.amazonaws.com/", 
}

Example: To create a bucket


# The following example creates a bucket.

resp = client.create_bucket({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  location: "/examplebucket", 
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.create_bucket({
  acl: "private", # accepts private, public-read, public-read-write, authenticated-read
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  create_bucket_configuration: {
    location_constraint: "af-south-1", # accepts af-south-1, ap-east-1, ap-northeast-1, ap-northeast-2, ap-northeast-3, ap-south-1, ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, ca-central-1, cn-north-1, cn-northwest-1, EU, eu-central-1, eu-north-1, eu-south-1, eu-west-1, eu-west-2, eu-west-3, me-south-1, sa-east-1, us-east-2, us-gov-east-1, us-gov-west-1, us-west-1, us-west-2
  },
  grant_full_control: "GrantFullControl",
  grant_read: "GrantRead",
  grant_read_acp: "GrantReadACP",
  grant_write: "GrantWrite",
  grant_write_acp: "GrantWriteACP",
  object_lock_enabled_for_bucket: false,
})

Response structure


resp.location #=> String

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:acl (String) —

The canned ACL to apply to the bucket.
:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket to create.
:create_bucket_configuration (Types::CreateBucketConfiguration) —

The configuration information for the bucket.
:grant_full_control (String) —

Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the bucket.
:grant_read (String) —

Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket.
:grant_read_acp (String) —

Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL.
:grant_write (String) —

Allows grantee to create, overwrite, and delete any object in the bucket.
:grant_write_acp (String) —

Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket.
:object_lock_enabled_for_bucket (Boolean) —

Specifies whether you want S3 Object Lock to be enabled for the new bucket.

Returns:

(Types::CreateBucketOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #location => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 1474

def create_bucket(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:create_bucket, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#create_multipart_upload(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::CreateMultipartUploadOutput`

This operation initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. This upload ID is used to associate all of the parts in the specific multipart upload. You specify this upload ID in each of your subsequent upload part requests (see [UploadPart]). You also include this upload ID in the final request to either complete or abort the multipart upload request.

For more information about multipart uploads, see [Multipart Upload Overview].

If you have configured a lifecycle rule to abort incomplete multipart uploads, the upload must complete within the number of days specified in the bucket lifecycle configuration. Otherwise, the incomplete multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort operation and Amazon S3 aborts the multipart upload. For more information, see [Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Policy].

For information about the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see [Multipart Upload API and Permissions].

For request signing, multipart upload is just a series of regular requests. You initiate a multipart upload, send one or more requests to upload parts, and then complete the multipart upload process. You sign each request individually. There is nothing special about signing multipart upload requests. For more information about signing, see [Authenticating Requests (AWS Signature Version 4)].

<note markdown=“1”> After you initiate a multipart upload and upload one or more parts, to stop being charged for storing the uploaded parts, you must either complete or abort the multipart upload. Amazon S3 frees up the space used to store the parts and stop charging you for storing them only after you either complete or abort a multipart upload.

</note>

You can optionally request server-side encryption. For server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. You can provide your own encryption key, or use AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master keys (CMKs) or Amazon S3-managed encryption keys. If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in [UploadPart](AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html) and

UploadPartCopy][6: requests must match the headers you used in the

request to initiate the upload by using ‘CreateMultipartUpload`.

To perform a multipart upload with encryption using an AWS KMS CMK, the requester must have permission to the ‘kms:Encrypt`, `kms:Decrypt`, `kms:ReEncrypt*`, `kms:GenerateDataKey*`, and `kms:DescribeKey` actions on the key. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload.

If your AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) user or role is in the same AWS account as the AWS KMS CMK, then you must have these permissions on the key policy. If your IAM user or role belongs to a different account than the key, then you must have the permissions on both the key policy and your IAM user or role.

For more information, see [Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption].

Access Permissions

: When copying an object, you can optionally specify the accounts or

groups that should be granted specific permissions on the new
object. There are two ways to grant the permissions using the
request headers:

* Specify a canned ACL with the `x-amz-acl` request header. For more
  information, see [Canned ACL][8].

* Specify access permissions explicitly with the `x-amz-grant-read`,
  `x-amz-grant-read-acp`, `x-amz-grant-write-acp`, and
  `x-amz-grant-full-control` headers. These parameters map to the
  set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more
  information, see [Access Control List (ACL) Overview][9].

You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions
explicitly. You cannot do both.

Server-Side- Encryption-Specific Request Headers

: You can optionally tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at rest using

server-side encryption. Server-side encryption is for data
encryption at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to
disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. The
option you use depends on whether you want to use AWS managed
encryption keys or provide your own encryption key.

* Use encryption keys managed by Amazon S3 or customer master keys
  (CMKs) stored in AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) – If you
  want AWS to manage the keys used to encrypt data, specify the
  following headers in the request.

  * x-amz-server-side-encryption

  * x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id

  * x-amz-server-side-encryption-context

  <note markdown="1"> If you specify `x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms`, but don't
  provide `x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id`, Amazon S3
  uses the AWS managed CMK in AWS KMS to protect the data.

   </note>

  All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by AWS KMS fail
  if you don't make them with SSL or by using SigV4.

  For more information about server-side encryption with CMKs stored
  in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS), see [Protecting Data Using Server-Side
  Encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS][10].

* Use customer-provided encryption keys – If you want to manage your
  own encryption keys, provide all the following headers in the
  request.

  * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm

  * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key

  * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5

  For more information about server-side encryption with CMKs stored
  in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS), see [Protecting Data Using Server-Side
  Encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS][10].

Access-Control-List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers

: You also can use the following access control–related headers with

this operation. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner
has full access control. When adding a new object, you can grant
permissions to individual AWS accounts or to predefined groups
defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the access
control list (ACL) on the object. For more information, see [Using
ACLs][11]. With this operation, you can grant access permissions
using one of the following two methods:

* Specify a canned ACL (`x-amz-acl`) — Amazon S3 supports a set of
  predefined ACLs, known as *canned ACLs*. Each canned ACL has a
  predefined set of grantees and permissions. For more information,
  see [Canned ACL][8].

* Specify access permissions explicitly — To explicitly grant access
  permissions to specific AWS accounts or groups, use the following
  headers. Each header maps to specific permissions that Amazon S3
  supports in an ACL. For more information, see [Access Control List
  (ACL) Overview][9]. In the header, you specify a list of grantees
  who get the specific permission. To grant permissions explicitly,
  use:

  * x-amz-grant-read

  * x-amz-grant-write

  * x-amz-grant-read-acp

  * x-amz-grant-write-acp

  * x-amz-grant-full-control

  You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is
  one of the following:

  * `id` – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an AWS
    account

  * `uri` – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group

  * `emailAddress` – if the value specified is the email address of
    an AWS account

    <note markdown="1"> Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in
    the following AWS Regions:

     * US East (N. Virginia)

    * US West (N. California)

    * US West (Oregon)

    * Asia Pacific (Singapore)

    * Asia Pacific (Sydney)

    * Asia Pacific (Tokyo)

    * Europe (Ireland)

    * South America (São Paulo)

     For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints,
    see [Regions and Endpoints][12] in the AWS General Reference.

     </note>

  For example, the following `x-amz-grant-read` header grants the
  AWS accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object
  data and its metadata:

  `x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666" `

The following operations are related to ‘CreateMultipartUpload`:

UploadPart][1
CompleteMultipartUpload][13
AbortMultipartUpload][14
ListParts][15
ListMultipartUploads][16

Examples:

Example: To initiate a multipart upload


# The following example initiates a multipart upload.

resp = client.create_multipart_upload({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  key: "largeobject", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  key: "largeobject", 
  upload_id: "ibZBv_75gd9r8lH_gqXatLdxMVpAlj6ZQjEs.OwyF3953YdwbcQnMA2BLGn8Lx12fQNICtMw5KyteFeHw.Sjng--", 
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.create_multipart_upload({
  acl: "private", # accepts private, public-read, public-read-write, authenticated-read, aws-exec-read, bucket-owner-read, bucket-owner-full-control
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  cache_control: "CacheControl",
  content_disposition: "ContentDisposition",
  content_encoding: "ContentEncoding",
  content_language: "ContentLanguage",
  content_type: "ContentType",
  expires: Time.now,
  grant_full_control: "GrantFullControl",
  grant_read: "GrantRead",
  grant_read_acp: "GrantReadACP",
  grant_write_acp: "GrantWriteACP",
  key: "ObjectKey", # required
  metadata: {
    "MetadataKey" => "MetadataValue",
  },
  server_side_encryption: "AES256", # accepts AES256, aws:kms
  storage_class: "STANDARD", # accepts STANDARD, REDUCED_REDUNDANCY, STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE, OUTPOSTS
  website_redirect_location: "WebsiteRedirectLocation",
  sse_customer_algorithm: "SSECustomerAlgorithm",
  sse_customer_key: "SSECustomerKey",
  sse_customer_key_md5: "SSECustomerKeyMD5",
  ssekms_key_id: "SSEKMSKeyId",
  ssekms_encryption_context: "SSEKMSEncryptionContext",
  bucket_key_enabled: false,
  request_payer: "requester", # accepts requester
  tagging: "TaggingHeader",
  object_lock_mode: "GOVERNANCE", # accepts GOVERNANCE, COMPLIANCE
  object_lock_retain_until_date: Time.now,
  object_lock_legal_hold_status: "ON", # accepts ON, OFF
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.abort_date #=> Time
resp.abort_rule_id #=> String
resp.bucket #=> String
resp.key #=> String
resp.upload_id #=> String
resp.server_side_encryption #=> String, one of "AES256", "aws:kms"
resp.sse_customer_algorithm #=> String
resp.sse_customer_key_md5 #=> String
resp.ssekms_key_id #=> String
resp.ssekms_encryption_context #=> String
resp.bucket_key_enabled #=> Boolean
resp.request_charged #=> String, one of "requester"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:acl (String) —

The canned ACL to apply to the object.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket to which to initiate the upload

When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see [Using Access Points] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

When using this API with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [Using S3 on Outposts] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3onOutposts.html
:cache_control (String) —

Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
:content_disposition (String) —

Specifies presentational information for the object.
:content_encoding (String) —

Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field.
:content_language (String) —

The language the content is in.
:content_type (String) —

A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
:expires (Time, DateTime, Date, Integer, String) —

The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
:grant_full_control (String) —

Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
:grant_read (String) —

Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
:grant_read_acp (String) —

Allows grantee to read the object ACL.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
:grant_write_acp (String) —

Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
:key (required, String) —

Object key for which the multipart upload is to be initiated.
:metadata (Hash<String,String>) —

A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
:server_side_encryption (String) —

The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
:storage_class (String) —

By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD Storage Class to store newly created objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability. Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different Storage Class. Amazon S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class. For more information, see [Storage Classes] in the *Amazon S3 Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html
:website_redirect_location (String) —

If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata.
:sse_customer_algorithm (String) —

Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example, AES256).
:sse_customer_key (String) —

Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the ‘x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm` header.
:sse_customer_key_md5 (String) —

Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
:ssekms_key_id (String) —

Specifies the ID of the symmetric customer managed AWS KMS CMK to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by AWS KMS will fail if not made via SSL or using SigV4. For information about configuring using any of the officially supported AWS SDKs and AWS CLI, see [Specifying the Signature Version in Request Authentication] in the *Amazon S3 Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/http:/docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version
:ssekms_encryption_context (String) —

Specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs.
:bucket_key_enabled (Boolean) —

Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with server-side encryption using AWS KMS (SSE-KMS). Setting this header to ‘true` causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with SSE-KMS.

Specifying this header with an object operation doesn’t affect bucket-level settings for S3 Bucket Key.
:request_payer (String) —

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requestor Pays Buckets] in the *Amazon S3 Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
:tagging (String) —

The tag-set for the object. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters.
:object_lock_mode (String) —

Specifies the Object Lock mode that you want to apply to the uploaded object.
:object_lock_retain_until_date (Time, DateTime, Date, Integer, String) —

Specifies the date and time when you want the Object Lock to expire.
:object_lock_legal_hold_status (String) —

Specifies whether you want to apply a Legal Hold to the uploaded object.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::CreateMultipartUploadOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #abort_date => Time
- #abort_rule_id => String
- #bucket => String
- #key => String
- #upload_id => String
- #server_side_encryption => String
- #sse_customer_algorithm => String
- #sse_customer_key_md5 => String
- #ssekms_key_id => String
- #ssekms_encryption_context => String
- #bucket_key_enabled => Boolean
- #request_charged => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 1970

def create_multipart_upload(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:create_multipart_upload, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#delete_bucket(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

Deletes the S3 bucket. All objects (including all object versions and delete markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted.

**Related Resources**

CreateBucket][1
DeleteObject][2

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html

Examples:

Example: To delete a bucket


# The following example deletes the specified bucket.

resp = client.delete_bucket({
  bucket: "forrandall2", 
})

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.delete_bucket({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

Specifies the bucket being deleted.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 2020

def delete_bucket(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:delete_bucket, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#delete_bucket_analytics_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

Deletes an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics configuration ID).

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the ‘s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration` action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations] and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources].

For information about the Amazon S3 analytics feature, see [Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis].

The following operations are related to ‘DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration`:

GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration][4
ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations][5
PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration][6

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations.html [6]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.delete_bucket_analytics_configuration({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  id: "AnalyticsId", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket from which an analytics configuration is deleted.
:id (required, String) —

The ID that identifies the analytics configuration.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 2082

def delete_bucket_analytics_configuration(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:delete_bucket_analytics_configuration, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#delete_bucket_cors(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

Deletes the ‘cors` configuration information set for the bucket.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the ‘s3:PutBucketCORS` action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others.

For information about ‘cors`, see [Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

**Related Resources:**

PutBucketCors][2
RESTOPTIONSobject][3

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketCors.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTOPTIONSobject.html

Examples:

Example: To delete cors configuration on a bucket.


# The following example deletes CORS configuration on a bucket.

resp = client.delete_bucket_cors({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
})

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.delete_bucket_cors({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

Specifies the bucket whose ‘cors` configuration is being deleted.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 2138

def delete_bucket_cors(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:delete_bucket_cors, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#delete_bucket_encryption(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

This implementation of the DELETE operation removes default encryption from the bucket. For information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature, see [Amazon S3 Default Bucket Encryption] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the ‘s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration` action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations] and [Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

**Related Resources**

PutBucketEncryption][4
GetBucketEncryption][5

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketEncryption.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketEncryption.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.delete_bucket_encryption({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket containing the server-side encryption configuration to delete.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 2192

def delete_bucket_encryption(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:delete_bucket_encryption, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#delete_bucket_intelligent_tiering_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

Deletes the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket.

The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without additional operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings by moving data between access tiers, when access patterns change.

The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is suitable for objects larger than 128 KB that you plan to store for at least 30 days. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the frequent access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.

If you delete an object before the end of the 30-day minimum storage duration period, you are charged for 30 days. For more information, see [Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects].

Operations related to ‘DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration` include:

GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration][2
PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration][3
ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations][4

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.delete_bucket_intelligent_tiering_configuration({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  id: "IntelligentTieringId", # required
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose configuration you want to modify or retrieve.
:id (required, String) —

The ID used to identify the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 2254

def delete_bucket_intelligent_tiering_configuration(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:delete_bucket_intelligent_tiering_configuration, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#delete_bucket_inventory_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

Deletes an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from the bucket.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the ‘s3:PutInventoryConfiguration` action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations] and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources].

For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see [Amazon S3 Inventory].

Operations related to ‘DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration` include:

GetBucketInventoryConfiguration][4
PutBucketInventoryConfiguration][5
ListBucketInventoryConfigurations][6

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketInventoryConfiguration.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketInventoryConfiguration.html [6]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketInventoryConfigurations.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.delete_bucket_inventory_configuration({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  id: "InventoryId", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket containing the inventory configuration to delete.
:id (required, String) —

The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 2315

def delete_bucket_inventory_configuration(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:delete_bucket_inventory_configuration, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#delete_bucket_lifecycle(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the specified bucket. Amazon S3 removes all the lifecycle configuration rules in the lifecycle subresource associated with the bucket. Your objects never expire, and Amazon S3 no longer automatically deletes any objects on the basis of rules contained in the deleted lifecycle configuration.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the ‘s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration` action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and the bucket owner can grant this permission to others.

There is usually some time lag before lifecycle configuration deletion is fully propagated to all the Amazon S3 systems.

For more information about the object expiration, see [Elements to Describe Lifecycle Actions].

Related actions include:

PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration][2
GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration][3

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#intro-lifecycle-rules-actions [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html

Examples:

Example: To delete lifecycle configuration on a bucket.


# The following example deletes lifecycle configuration on a bucket.

resp = client.delete_bucket_lifecycle({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
})

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.delete_bucket_lifecycle({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name of the lifecycle to delete.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 2379

def delete_bucket_lifecycle(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:delete_bucket_lifecycle, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#delete_bucket_metrics_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

Deletes a metrics configuration for the Amazon CloudWatch request metrics (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from the bucket. Note that this doesn’t include the daily storage metrics.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the ‘s3:PutMetricsConfiguration` action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations] and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources].

For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see [Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch].

The following operations are related to ‘DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration`:

GetBucketMetricsConfiguration][4
PutBucketMetricsConfiguration][5
ListBucketMetricsConfigurations][6
Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch][3

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketMetricsConfiguration.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketMetricsConfiguration.html [6]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketMetricsConfigurations.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.delete_bucket_metrics_configuration({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  id: "MetricsId", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket containing the metrics configuration to delete.
:id (required, String) —

The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 2443

def delete_bucket_metrics_configuration(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:delete_bucket_metrics_configuration, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#delete_bucket_ownership_controls(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

Removes ‘OwnershipControls` for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the `s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls` permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see [Specifying Permissions in a Policy].

For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see [Using Object Ownership].

The following operations are related to ‘DeleteBucketOwnershipControls`:

GetBucketOwnershipControls
PutBucketOwnershipControls

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/about-object-ownership.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.delete_bucket_ownership_controls({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The Amazon S3 bucket whose ‘OwnershipControls` you want to delete.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 2489

def delete_bucket_ownership_controls(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:delete_bucket_ownership_controls, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#delete_bucket_policy(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

This implementation of the DELETE operation uses the policy subresource to delete the policy of a specified bucket. If you are using an identity other than the root user of the AWS account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must have the ‘DeleteBucketPolicy` permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner’s account to use this operation.

If you don’t have ‘DeleteBucketPolicy` permissions, Amazon S3 returns a `403 Access Denied` error. If you have the correct permissions, but you’re not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner’s account, Amazon S3 returns a ‘405 Method Not Allowed` error.

As a security precaution, the root user of the AWS account that owns a bucket can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root user the ability to perform this action.

For more information about bucket policies, see [Using Bucket Policies and UserPolicies]( docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html).

The following operations are related to ‘DeleteBucketPolicy`

CreateBucket][1
DeleteObject][2

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html

Examples:

Example: To delete bucket policy


# The following example deletes bucket policy on the specified bucket.

resp = client.delete_bucket_policy({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
})

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.delete_bucket_policy({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 2555

def delete_bucket_policy(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:delete_bucket_policy, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#delete_bucket_replication(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

Deletes the replication configuration from the bucket.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the ‘s3:PutReplicationConfiguration` action. The bucket owner has these permissions by default and can grant it to others. For more information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations] and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources].

<note markdown=“1”> It can take a while for the deletion of a replication configuration to fully propagate.

</note>

For information about replication configuration, see [Replication]( docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html) in the *Amazon S3 Developer Guide*.

The following operations are related to ‘DeleteBucketReplication`:

PutBucketReplication][3
GetBucketReplication][4

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketReplication.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketReplication.html

Examples:

Example: To delete bucket replication configuration


# The following example deletes replication configuration set on bucket.

resp = client.delete_bucket_replication({
  bucket: "example", 
})

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.delete_bucket_replication({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 2621

def delete_bucket_replication(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:delete_bucket_replication, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#delete_bucket_tagging(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

Deletes the tags from the bucket.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the ‘s3:PutBucketTagging` action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.

The following operations are related to ‘DeleteBucketTagging`:

GetBucketTagging][1
PutBucketTagging][2

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketTagging.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketTagging.html

Examples:

Example: To delete bucket tags


# The following example deletes bucket tags.

resp = client.delete_bucket_tagging({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
})

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.delete_bucket_tagging({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket that has the tag set to be removed.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 2673

def delete_bucket_tagging(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:delete_bucket_tagging, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#delete_bucket_website(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

This operation removes the website configuration for a bucket. Amazon S3 returns a ‘200 OK` response upon successfully deleting a website configuration on the specified bucket. You will get a `200 OK` response if the website configuration you are trying to delete does not exist on the bucket. Amazon S3 returns a `404` response if the bucket specified in the request does not exist.

This DELETE operation requires the ‘S3:DeleteBucketWebsite` permission. By default, only the bucket owner can delete the website configuration attached to a bucket. However, bucket owners can grant other users permission to delete the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the `S3:DeleteBucketWebsite` permission.

For more information about hosting websites, see [Hosting Websites on Amazon S3].

The following operations are related to ‘DeleteBucketWebsite`:

GetBucketWebsite][2
PutBucketWebsite][3

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketWebsite.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketWebsite.html

Examples:

Example: To delete bucket website configuration


# The following example deletes bucket website configuration.

resp = client.delete_bucket_website({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
})

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.delete_bucket_website({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name for which you want to remove the website configuration.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 2737

def delete_bucket_website(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:delete_bucket_website, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#delete_object(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::DeleteObjectOutput`

Removes the null version (if there is one) of an object and inserts a delete marker, which becomes the latest version of the object. If there isn’t a null version, Amazon S3 does not remove any objects.

To remove a specific version, you must be the bucket owner and you must use the version Id subresource. Using this subresource permanently deletes the version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response header, ‘x-amz-delete-marker`, to true.

If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the ‘x-amz-mfa` request header in the DELETE `versionId` request. Requests that include `x-amz-mfa` must use HTTPS.

For more information about MFA Delete, see [Using MFA Delete]. To see sample requests that use versioning, see [Sample Request].

You can delete objects by explicitly calling the DELETE Object API or configure its lifecycle ([PutBucketLifecycle]) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them the ‘s3:DeleteObject`, `s3:DeleteObjectVersion`, and `s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration` actions.

The following operation is related to ‘DeleteObject`:

PutObject][4

^

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingMFADelete.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTObjectDELETE.html#ExampleVersionObjectDelete [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycle.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html

Examples:

Example: To delete an object


# The following example deletes an object from an S3 bucket.

resp = client.delete_object({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  key: "objectkey.jpg", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
}

Example: To delete an object (from a non-versioned bucket)


# The following example deletes an object from a non-versioned bucket.

resp = client.delete_object({
  bucket: "ExampleBucket", 
  key: "HappyFace.jpg", 
})

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.delete_object({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  key: "ObjectKey", # required
  mfa: "MFA",
  version_id: "ObjectVersionId",
  request_payer: "requester", # accepts requester
  bypass_governance_retention: false,
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.delete_marker #=> Boolean
resp.version_id #=> String
resp.request_charged #=> String, one of "requester"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name of the bucket containing the object.

When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see [Using Access Points] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

When using this API with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [Using S3 on Outposts] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3onOutposts.html
:key (required, String) —

Key name of the object to delete.
:mfa (String) —

The concatenation of the authentication device’s serial number, a space, and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. Required to permanently delete a versioned object if versioning is configured with MFA delete enabled.
:version_id (String) —

VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
:request_payer (String) —

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requestor Pays Buckets] in the *Amazon S3 Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
:bypass_governance_retention (Boolean) —

Indicates whether S3 Object Lock should bypass Governance-mode restrictions to process this operation.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::DeleteObjectOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #delete_marker => Boolean
- #version_id => String
- #request_charged => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 2888

def delete_object(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:delete_object, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#delete_object_tagging(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::DeleteObjectTaggingOutput`

Removes the entire tag set from the specified object. For more information about managing object tags, see [ Object Tagging].

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the ‘s3:DeleteObjectTagging` action.

To delete tags of a specific object version, add the ‘versionId` query parameter in the request. You will need permission for the `s3:DeleteObjectVersionTagging` action.

The following operations are related to ‘DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration`:

PutObjectTagging][2
GetObjectTagging][3

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObjectTagging.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectTagging.html

Examples:

Example: To remove tag set from an object


# The following example removes tag set associated with the specified object. If the bucket is versioning enabled, the
# operation removes tag set from the latest object version.

resp = client.delete_object_tagging({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  key: "HappyFace.jpg", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  version_id: "null", 
}

Example: To remove tag set from an object version


# The following example removes tag set associated with the specified object version. The request specifies both the
# object key and object version.

resp = client.delete_object_tagging({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  key: "HappyFace.jpg", 
  version_id: "ydlaNkwWm0SfKJR.T1b1fIdPRbldTYRI", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  version_id: "ydlaNkwWm0SfKJR.T1b1fIdPRbldTYRI", 
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.delete_object_tagging({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  key: "ObjectKey", # required
  version_id: "ObjectVersionId",
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.version_id #=> String

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name containing the objects from which to remove the tags.

When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see [Using Access Points] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

When using this API with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [Using S3 on Outposts] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3onOutposts.html
:key (required, String) —

Name of the object key.
:version_id (String) —

The versionId of the object that the tag-set will be removed from.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #version_id => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 3005

def delete_object_tagging(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:delete_object_tagging, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#delete_objects(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::DeleteObjectsOutput`

This operation enables you to delete multiple objects from a bucket using a single HTTP request. If you know the object keys that you want to delete, then this operation provides a suitable alternative to sending individual delete requests, reducing per-request overhead.

The request contains a list of up to 1000 keys that you want to delete. In the XML, you provide the object key names, and optionally, version IDs if you want to delete a specific version of the object from a versioning-enabled bucket. For each key, Amazon S3 performs a delete operation and returns the result of that delete, success, or failure, in the response. Note that if the object specified in the request is not found, Amazon S3 returns the result as deleted.

The operation supports two modes for the response: verbose and quiet. By default, the operation uses verbose mode in which the response includes the result of deletion of each key in your request. In quiet mode the response includes only keys where the delete operation encountered an error. For a successful deletion, the operation does not return any information about the delete in the response body.

When performing this operation on an MFA Delete enabled bucket, that attempts to delete any versioned objects, you must include an MFA token. If you do not provide one, the entire request will fail, even if there are non-versioned objects you are trying to delete. If you provide an invalid token, whether there are versioned keys in the request or not, the entire Multi-Object Delete request will fail. For information about MFA Delete, see [ MFA Delete].

Finally, the Content-MD5 header is required for all Multi-Object Delete requests. Amazon S3 uses the header value to ensure that your request body has not been altered in transit.

The following operations are related to ‘DeleteObjects`:

CreateMultipartUpload][2
UploadPart][3
CompleteMultipartUpload][4
ListParts][5
AbortMultipartUpload][6

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/Versioning.html#MultiFactorAuthenticationDelete [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html [6]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html

Examples:

Example: To delete multiple objects from a versioned bucket


# The following example deletes objects from a bucket. The bucket is versioned, and the request does not specify the
# object version to delete. In this case, all versions remain in the bucket and S3 adds a delete marker.

resp = client.delete_objects({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  delete: {
    objects: [
      {
        key: "objectkey1", 
      }, 
      {
        key: "objectkey2", 
      }, 
    ], 
    quiet: false, 
  }, 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  deleted: [
    {
      delete_marker: true, 
      delete_marker_version_id: "A._w1z6EFiCF5uhtQMDal9JDkID9tQ7F", 
      key: "objectkey1", 
    }, 
    {
      delete_marker: true, 
      delete_marker_version_id: "iOd_ORxhkKe_e8G8_oSGxt2PjsCZKlkt", 
      key: "objectkey2", 
    }, 
  ], 
}

Example: To delete multiple object versions from a versioned bucket


# The following example deletes objects from a bucket. The request specifies object versions. S3 deletes specific object
# versions and returns the key and versions of deleted objects in the response.

resp = client.delete_objects({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  delete: {
    objects: [
      {
        key: "HappyFace.jpg", 
        version_id: "2LWg7lQLnY41.maGB5Z6SWW.dcq0vx7b", 
      }, 
      {
        key: "HappyFace.jpg", 
        version_id: "yoz3HB.ZhCS_tKVEmIOr7qYyyAaZSKVd", 
      }, 
    ], 
    quiet: false, 
  }, 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  deleted: [
    {
      key: "HappyFace.jpg", 
      version_id: "yoz3HB.ZhCS_tKVEmIOr7qYyyAaZSKVd", 
    }, 
    {
      key: "HappyFace.jpg", 
      version_id: "2LWg7lQLnY41.maGB5Z6SWW.dcq0vx7b", 
    }, 
  ], 
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.delete_objects({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  delete: { # required
    objects: [ # required
      {
        key: "ObjectKey", # required
        version_id: "ObjectVersionId",
      },
    ],
    quiet: false,
  },
  mfa: "MFA",
  request_payer: "requester", # accepts requester
  bypass_governance_retention: false,
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.deleted #=> Array
resp.deleted[0].key #=> String
resp.deleted[0].version_id #=> String
resp.deleted[0].delete_marker #=> Boolean
resp.deleted[0].delete_marker_version_id #=> String
resp.request_charged #=> String, one of "requester"
resp.errors #=> Array
resp.errors[0].key #=> String
resp.errors[0].version_id #=> String
resp.errors[0].code #=> String
resp.errors[0].message #=> String

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name containing the objects to delete.

When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see [Using Access Points] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

When using this API with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [Using S3 on Outposts] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3onOutposts.html
:delete (required, Types::Delete) —

Container for the request.
:mfa (String) —

The concatenation of the authentication device’s serial number, a space, and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. Required to permanently delete a versioned object if versioning is configured with MFA delete enabled.
:request_payer (String) —

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requestor Pays Buckets] in the *Amazon S3 Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
:bypass_governance_retention (Boolean) —

Specifies whether you want to delete this object even if it has a Governance-type Object Lock in place. You must have sufficient permissions to perform this operation.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::DeleteObjectsOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #deleted => Array<Types::DeletedObject>
- #request_charged => String
- #errors => Array<Types::Error>

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 3234

def delete_objects(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:delete_objects, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#delete_public_access_block(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

Removes the ‘PublicAccessBlock` configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the `s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock` permission. For more information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations] and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources].

The following operations are related to ‘DeletePublicAccessBlock`:

Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access][3
GetPublicAccessBlock][4
PutPublicAccessBlock][5
GetBucketPolicyStatus][6

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetPublicAccessBlock.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutPublicAccessBlock.html [6]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketPolicyStatus.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.delete_public_access_block({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The Amazon S3 bucket whose ‘PublicAccessBlock` configuration you want to delete.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 3287

def delete_public_access_block(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:delete_public_access_block, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#get_bucket_accelerate_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput`

This implementation of the GET operation uses the ‘accelerate` subresource to return the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket, which is either `Enabled` or `Suspended`. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to and from Amazon S3.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the ‘s3:GetAccelerateConfiguration` action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations] and [Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

You set the Transfer Acceleration state of an existing bucket to ‘Enabled` or `Suspended` by using the

PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration][3: operation.

A GET ‘accelerate` request does not return a state value for a bucket that has no transfer acceleration state. A bucket has no Transfer Acceleration state if a state has never been set on the bucket.

For more information about transfer acceleration, see [Transfer Acceleration] in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.

**Related Resources**

PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration][3

^

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_bucket_accelerate_configuration({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.status #=> String, one of "Enabled", "Suspended"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is retrieved.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #status => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 3358

def get_bucket_accelerate_configuration(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:get_bucket_accelerate_configuration, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#get_bucket_acl(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketAclOutput`

This implementation of the ‘GET` operation uses the `acl` subresource to return the access control list (ACL) of a bucket. To use `GET` to return the ACL of the bucket, you must have `READ_ACP` access to the bucket. If `READ_ACP` permission is granted to the anonymous user, you can return the ACL of the bucket without using an authorization header.

**Related Resources**

ListObjects][1

^

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjects.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_bucket_acl({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.owner.display_name #=> String
resp.owner.id #=> String
resp.grants #=> Array
resp.grants[0].grantee.display_name #=> String
resp.grants[0].grantee.email_address #=> String
resp.grants[0].grantee.id #=> String
resp.grants[0].grantee.type #=> String, one of "CanonicalUser", "AmazonCustomerByEmail", "Group"
resp.grants[0].grantee.uri #=> String
resp.grants[0].permission #=> String, one of "FULL_CONTROL", "WRITE", "WRITE_ACP", "READ", "READ_ACP"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

Specifies the S3 bucket whose ACL is being requested.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::GetBucketAclOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #owner => Types::Owner
- #grants => Array<Types::Grant>

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 3416

def get_bucket_acl(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:get_bucket_acl, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#get_bucket_analytics_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput`

This implementation of the GET operation returns an analytics configuration (identified by the analytics configuration ID) from the bucket.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the ‘s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration` action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see [ Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations] and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see [Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

**Related Resources**

DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration][4
ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations][5
PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration][6

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations.html [6]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_bucket_analytics_configuration({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  id: "AnalyticsId", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.analytics_configuration.id #=> String
resp.analytics_configuration.filter.prefix #=> String
resp.analytics_configuration.filter.tag.key #=> String
resp.analytics_configuration.filter.tag.value #=> String
resp.analytics_configuration.filter.and.prefix #=> String
resp.analytics_configuration.filter.and.tags #=> Array
resp.analytics_configuration.filter.and.tags[0].key #=> String
resp.analytics_configuration.filter.and.tags[0].value #=> String
resp.analytics_configuration.storage_class_analysis.data_export.output_schema_version #=> String, one of "V_1"
resp.analytics_configuration.storage_class_analysis.data_export.destination.s3_bucket_destination.format #=> String, one of "CSV"
resp.analytics_configuration.storage_class_analysis.data_export.destination.s3_bucket_destination.bucket_account_id #=> String
resp.analytics_configuration.storage_class_analysis.data_export.destination.s3_bucket_destination.bucket #=> String
resp.analytics_configuration.storage_class_analysis.data_export.destination.s3_bucket_destination.prefix #=> String

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket from which an analytics configuration is retrieved.
:id (required, String) —

The ID that identifies the analytics configuration.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #analytics_configuration => Types::AnalyticsConfiguration

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 3498

def get_bucket_analytics_configuration(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:get_bucket_analytics_configuration, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#get_bucket_cors(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketCorsOutput`

Returns the cors configuration information set for the bucket.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others.

For more information about cors, see [ Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing].

The following operations are related to ‘GetBucketCors`:

PutBucketCors][2
DeleteBucketCors][3

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketCors.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketCors.html

Examples:

Example: To get cors configuration set on a bucket


# The following example returns cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) configuration set on a bucket.

resp = client.get_bucket_cors({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  cors_rules: [
    {
      allowed_headers: [
        "Authorization", 
      ], 
      allowed_methods: [
        "GET", 
      ], 
      allowed_origins: [
        "*", 
      ], 
      max_age_seconds: 3000, 
    }, 
  ], 
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_bucket_cors({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.cors_rules #=> Array
resp.cors_rules[0].allowed_headers #=> Array
resp.cors_rules[0].allowed_headers[0] #=> String
resp.cors_rules[0].allowed_methods #=> Array
resp.cors_rules[0].allowed_methods[0] #=> String
resp.cors_rules[0].allowed_origins #=> Array
resp.cors_rules[0].allowed_origins[0] #=> String
resp.cors_rules[0].expose_headers #=> Array
resp.cors_rules[0].expose_headers[0] #=> String
resp.cors_rules[0].max_age_seconds #=> Integer

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name for which to get the cors configuration.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::GetBucketCorsOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #cors_rules => Array<Types::CORSRule>

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 3587

def get_bucket_cors(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:get_bucket_cors, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#get_bucket_encryption(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketEncryptionOutput`

Returns the default encryption configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. For information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature, see [Amazon S3 Default Bucket Encryption].

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the ‘s3:GetEncryptionConfiguration` action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations] and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources].

The following operations are related to ‘GetBucketEncryption`:

PutBucketEncryption][4
DeleteBucketEncryption][5

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketEncryption.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketEncryption.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_bucket_encryption({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.server_side_encryption_configuration.rules #=> Array
resp.server_side_encryption_configuration.rules[0].apply_server_side_encryption_by_default.sse_algorithm #=> String, one of "AES256", "aws:kms"
resp.server_side_encryption_configuration.rules[0].apply_server_side_encryption_by_default.kms_master_key_id #=> String
resp.server_side_encryption_configuration.rules[0].bucket_key_enabled #=> Boolean

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket from which the server-side encryption configuration is retrieved.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::GetBucketEncryptionOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #server_side_encryption_configuration => Types::ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 3648

def get_bucket_encryption(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:get_bucket_encryption, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#get_bucket_intelligent_tiering_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput`

Gets the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket.

The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without additional operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings by moving data between access tiers, when access patterns change.

The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is suitable for objects larger than 128 KB that you plan to store for at least 30 days. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the frequent access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.

If you delete an object before the end of the 30-day minimum storage duration period, you are charged for 30 days. For more information, see [Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects].

Operations related to ‘GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration` include:

DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration][2
PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration][3
ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations][4

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_bucket_intelligent_tiering_configuration({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  id: "IntelligentTieringId", # required
})

Response structure


resp.intelligent_tiering_configuration.id #=> String
resp.intelligent_tiering_configuration.filter.prefix #=> String
resp.intelligent_tiering_configuration.filter.tag.key #=> String
resp.intelligent_tiering_configuration.filter.tag.value #=> String
resp.intelligent_tiering_configuration.filter.and.prefix #=> String
resp.intelligent_tiering_configuration.filter.and.tags #=> Array
resp.intelligent_tiering_configuration.filter.and.tags[0].key #=> String
resp.intelligent_tiering_configuration.filter.and.tags[0].value #=> String
resp.intelligent_tiering_configuration.status #=> String, one of "Enabled", "Disabled"
resp.intelligent_tiering_configuration.tierings #=> Array
resp.intelligent_tiering_configuration.tierings[0].days #=> Integer
resp.intelligent_tiering_configuration.tierings[0].access_tier #=> String, one of "ARCHIVE_ACCESS", "DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose configuration you want to modify or retrieve.
:id (required, String) —

The ID used to identify the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration.

Returns:

(Types::GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #intelligent_tiering_configuration => Types::IntelligentTieringConfiguration

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 3727

def get_bucket_intelligent_tiering_configuration(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:get_bucket_intelligent_tiering_configuration, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#get_bucket_inventory_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput`

Returns an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory configuration ID) from the bucket.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the ‘s3:GetInventoryConfiguration` action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations] and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources].

For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see [Amazon S3 Inventory].

The following operations are related to ‘GetBucketInventoryConfiguration`:

DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration][4
ListBucketInventoryConfigurations][5
PutBucketInventoryConfiguration][6

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketInventoryConfigurations.html [6]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketInventoryConfiguration.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_bucket_inventory_configuration({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  id: "InventoryId", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.inventory_configuration.destination.s3_bucket_destination.account_id #=> String
resp.inventory_configuration.destination.s3_bucket_destination.bucket #=> String
resp.inventory_configuration.destination.s3_bucket_destination.format #=> String, one of "CSV", "ORC", "Parquet"
resp.inventory_configuration.destination.s3_bucket_destination.prefix #=> String
resp.inventory_configuration.destination.s3_bucket_destination.encryption.ssekms.key_id #=> String
resp.inventory_configuration.is_enabled #=> Boolean
resp.inventory_configuration.filter.prefix #=> String
resp.inventory_configuration.id #=> String
resp.inventory_configuration.included_object_versions #=> String, one of "All", "Current"
resp.inventory_configuration.optional_fields #=> Array
resp.inventory_configuration.optional_fields[0] #=> String, one of "Size", "LastModifiedDate", "StorageClass", "ETag", "IsMultipartUploaded", "ReplicationStatus", "EncryptionStatus", "ObjectLockRetainUntilDate", "ObjectLockMode", "ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus", "IntelligentTieringAccessTier"
resp.inventory_configuration.schedule.frequency #=> String, one of "Daily", "Weekly"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket containing the inventory configuration to retrieve.
:id (required, String) —

The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #inventory_configuration => Types::InventoryConfiguration

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 3806

def get_bucket_inventory_configuration(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:get_bucket_inventory_configuration, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#get_bucket_lifecycle(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketLifecycleOutput`

For an updated version of this API, see [GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration]. If you configured a bucket lifecycle using the ‘filter` element, you should see the updated version of this topic. This topic is provided for backward compatibility.

Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information about lifecycle configuration, see [Object Lifecycle Management].

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the ‘s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration` action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations] and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources].

‘GetBucketLifecycle` has the following special error:

Error code: ‘NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration`
- Description: The lifecycle configuration does not exist.
- HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
- SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client

The following operations are related to ‘GetBucketLifecycle`:

GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration][1
PutBucketLifecycle][5
DeleteBucketLifecycle][6

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycle.html [6]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketLifecycle.html

Examples:

Example: To get a bucket acl


# The following example gets ACL on the specified bucket.

resp = client.get_bucket_lifecycle({
  bucket: "acl1", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  rules: [
    {
      expiration: {
        days: 1, 
      }, 
      id: "delete logs", 
      prefix: "123/", 
      status: "Enabled", 
    }, 
  ], 
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_bucket_lifecycle({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.rules #=> Array
resp.rules[0].expiration.date #=> Time
resp.rules[0].expiration.days #=> Integer
resp.rules[0].expiration.expired_object_delete_marker #=> Boolean
resp.rules[0].id #=> String
resp.rules[0].prefix #=> String
resp.rules[0].status #=> String, one of "Enabled", "Disabled"
resp.rules[0].transition.date #=> Time
resp.rules[0].transition.days #=> Integer
resp.rules[0].transition.storage_class #=> String, one of "GLACIER", "STANDARD_IA", "ONEZONE_IA", "INTELLIGENT_TIERING", "DEEP_ARCHIVE"
resp.rules[0].noncurrent_version_transition.noncurrent_days #=> Integer
resp.rules[0].noncurrent_version_transition.storage_class #=> String, one of "GLACIER", "STANDARD_IA", "ONEZONE_IA", "INTELLIGENT_TIERING", "DEEP_ARCHIVE"
resp.rules[0].noncurrent_version_expiration.noncurrent_days #=> Integer
resp.rules[0].abort_incomplete_multipart_upload.days_after_initiation #=> Integer

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket for which to get the lifecycle information.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::GetBucketLifecycleOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #rules => Array<Types::Rule>

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 3918

def get_bucket_lifecycle(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:get_bucket_lifecycle, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#get_bucket_lifecycle_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput`

<note markdown=“1”> Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The response describes the new filter element that you can use to specify a filter to select a subset of objects to which the rule applies. If you are using a previous version of the lifecycle configuration, it still works. For the earlier API description, see [GetBucketLifecycle].

</note>

Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information about lifecycle configuration, see [Object Lifecycle Management].

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the ‘s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration` action. The bucket owner has this permission, by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations] and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources].

‘GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration` has the following special error:

Error code: ‘NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration`
- Description: The lifecycle configuration does not exist.
- HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
- SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client

The following operations are related to ‘GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration`:

GetBucketLifecycle][1
PutBucketLifecycle][5
DeleteBucketLifecycle][6

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycle.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycle.html [6]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketLifecycle.html

Examples:

Example: To get lifecycle configuration on a bucket


# The following example retrieves lifecycle configuration on set on a bucket. 

resp = client.get_bucket_lifecycle_configuration({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  rules: [
    {
      id: "Rule for TaxDocs/", 
      prefix: "TaxDocs", 
      status: "Enabled", 
      transitions: [
        {
          days: 365, 
          storage_class: "STANDARD_IA", 
        }, 
      ], 
    }, 
  ], 
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_bucket_lifecycle_configuration({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.rules #=> Array
resp.rules[0].expiration.date #=> Time
resp.rules[0].expiration.days #=> Integer
resp.rules[0].expiration.expired_object_delete_marker #=> Boolean
resp.rules[0].id #=> String
resp.rules[0].prefix #=> String
resp.rules[0].filter.prefix #=> String
resp.rules[0].filter.tag.key #=> String
resp.rules[0].filter.tag.value #=> String
resp.rules[0].filter.and.prefix #=> String
resp.rules[0].filter.and.tags #=> Array
resp.rules[0].filter.and.tags[0].key #=> String
resp.rules[0].filter.and.tags[0].value #=> String
resp.rules[0].status #=> String, one of "Enabled", "Disabled"
resp.rules[0].transitions #=> Array
resp.rules[0].transitions[0].date #=> Time
resp.rules[0].transitions[0].days #=> Integer
resp.rules[0].transitions[0].storage_class #=> String, one of "GLACIER", "STANDARD_IA", "ONEZONE_IA", "INTELLIGENT_TIERING", "DEEP_ARCHIVE"
resp.rules[0].noncurrent_version_transitions #=> Array
resp.rules[0].noncurrent_version_transitions[0].noncurrent_days #=> Integer
resp.rules[0].noncurrent_version_transitions[0].storage_class #=> String, one of "GLACIER", "STANDARD_IA", "ONEZONE_IA", "INTELLIGENT_TIERING", "DEEP_ARCHIVE"
resp.rules[0].noncurrent_version_expiration.noncurrent_days #=> Integer
resp.rules[0].abort_incomplete_multipart_upload.days_after_initiation #=> Integer

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket for which to get the lifecycle information.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #rules => Array<Types::LifecycleRule>

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 4048

def get_bucket_lifecycle_configuration(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:get_bucket_lifecycle_configuration, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#get_bucket_location(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketLocationOutput`

Returns the Region the bucket resides in. You set the bucket’s Region using the ‘LocationConstraint` request parameter in a `CreateBucket` request. For more information, see [CreateBucket].

To use this implementation of the operation, you must be the bucket owner.

The following operations are related to ‘GetBucketLocation`:

GetObject][2
CreateBucket][1

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html

Examples:

Example: To get bucket location


# The following example returns bucket location.

resp = client.get_bucket_location({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  location_constraint: "us-west-2", 
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_bucket_location({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.location_constraint #=> String, one of "af-south-1", "ap-east-1", "ap-northeast-1", "ap-northeast-2", "ap-northeast-3", "ap-south-1", "ap-southeast-1", "ap-southeast-2", "ca-central-1", "cn-north-1", "cn-northwest-1", "EU", "eu-central-1", "eu-north-1", "eu-south-1", "eu-west-1", "eu-west-2", "eu-west-3", "me-south-1", "sa-east-1", "us-east-2", "us-gov-east-1", "us-gov-west-1", "us-west-1", "us-west-2"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket for which to get the location.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::GetBucketLocationOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #location_constraint => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 4112

def get_bucket_location(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:get_bucket_location, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#get_bucket_logging(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketLoggingOutput`

Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to view and modify that status. To use GET, you must be the bucket owner.

The following operations are related to ‘GetBucketLogging`:

CreateBucket][1
PutBucketLogging][2

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLogging.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_bucket_logging({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.logging_enabled.target_bucket #=> String
resp.logging_enabled.target_grants #=> Array
resp.logging_enabled.target_grants[0].grantee.display_name #=> String
resp.logging_enabled.target_grants[0].grantee.email_address #=> String
resp.logging_enabled.target_grants[0].grantee.id #=> String
resp.logging_enabled.target_grants[0].grantee.type #=> String, one of "CanonicalUser", "AmazonCustomerByEmail", "Group"
resp.logging_enabled.target_grants[0].grantee.uri #=> String
resp.logging_enabled.target_grants[0].permission #=> String, one of "FULL_CONTROL", "READ", "WRITE"
resp.logging_enabled.target_prefix #=> String

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name for which to get the logging information.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::GetBucketLoggingOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #logging_enabled => Types::LoggingEnabled

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 4167

def get_bucket_logging(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:get_bucket_logging, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#get_bucket_metrics_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput`

Gets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from the bucket. Note that this doesn’t include the daily storage metrics.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the ‘s3:GetMetricsConfiguration` action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations] and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources].

For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see [Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch].

The following operations are related to ‘GetBucketMetricsConfiguration`:

PutBucketMetricsConfiguration][4
DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration][5
ListBucketMetricsConfigurations][6
Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch][3

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketMetricsConfiguration.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration.html [6]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketMetricsConfigurations.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_bucket_metrics_configuration({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  id: "MetricsId", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.metrics_configuration.id #=> String
resp.metrics_configuration.filter.prefix #=> String
resp.metrics_configuration.filter.tag.key #=> String
resp.metrics_configuration.filter.tag.value #=> String
resp.metrics_configuration.filter.and.prefix #=> String
resp.metrics_configuration.filter.and.tags #=> Array
resp.metrics_configuration.filter.and.tags[0].key #=> String
resp.metrics_configuration.filter.and.tags[0].value #=> String

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket containing the metrics configuration to retrieve.
:id (required, String) —

The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #metrics_configuration => Types::MetricsConfiguration

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 4245

def get_bucket_metrics_configuration(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:get_bucket_metrics_configuration, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#get_bucket_notification(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::NotificationConfigurationDeprecated`

No longer used, see [GetBucketNotificationConfiguration].

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketNotificationConfiguration.html

Examples:

Example: To get notification configuration set on a bucket


# The following example returns notification configuration set on a bucket.

resp = client.get_bucket_notification({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  queue_configuration: {
    event: "s3:ObjectCreated:Put", 
    events: [
      "s3:ObjectCreated:Put", 
    ], 
    id: "MDQ2OGQ4NDEtOTBmNi00YTM4LTk0NzYtZDIwN2I3NWQ1NjIx", 
    queue: "arn:aws:sqs:us-east-1:acct-id:S3ObjectCreatedEventQueue", 
  }, 
  topic_configuration: {
    event: "s3:ObjectCreated:Copy", 
    events: [
      "s3:ObjectCreated:Copy", 
    ], 
    id: "YTVkMWEzZGUtNTY1NS00ZmE2LWJjYjktMmRlY2QwODFkNTJi", 
    topic: "arn:aws:sns:us-east-1:acct-id:S3ObjectCreatedEventTopic", 
  }, 
}

Example: To get notification configuration set on a bucket


# The following example returns notification configuration set on a bucket.

resp = client.get_bucket_notification({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  queue_configuration: {
    event: "s3:ObjectCreated:Put", 
    events: [
      "s3:ObjectCreated:Put", 
    ], 
    id: "MDQ2OGQ4NDEtOTBmNi00YTM4LTk0NzYtZDIwN2I3NWQ1NjIx", 
    queue: "arn:aws:sqs:us-east-1:acct-id:S3ObjectCreatedEventQueue", 
  }, 
  topic_configuration: {
    event: "s3:ObjectCreated:Copy", 
    events: [
      "s3:ObjectCreated:Copy", 
    ], 
    id: "YTVkMWEzZGUtNTY1NS00ZmE2LWJjYjktMmRlY2QwODFkNTJi", 
    topic: "arn:aws:sns:us-east-1:acct-id:S3ObjectCreatedEventTopic", 
  }, 
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_bucket_notification({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.topic_configuration.id #=> String
resp.topic_configuration.events #=> Array
resp.topic_configuration.events[0] #=> String, one of "s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject", "s3:ObjectCreated:*", "s3:ObjectCreated:Put", "s3:ObjectCreated:Post", "s3:ObjectCreated:Copy", "s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload", "s3:ObjectRemoved:*", "s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete", "s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated", "s3:ObjectRestore:*", "s3:ObjectRestore:Post", "s3:ObjectRestore:Completed", "s3:Replication:*", "s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication", "s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked", "s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold", "s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold"
resp.topic_configuration.event #=> String, one of "s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject", "s3:ObjectCreated:*", "s3:ObjectCreated:Put", "s3:ObjectCreated:Post", "s3:ObjectCreated:Copy", "s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload", "s3:ObjectRemoved:*", "s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete", "s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated", "s3:ObjectRestore:*", "s3:ObjectRestore:Post", "s3:ObjectRestore:Completed", "s3:Replication:*", "s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication", "s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked", "s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold", "s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold"
resp.topic_configuration.topic #=> String
resp.queue_configuration.id #=> String
resp.queue_configuration.event #=> String, one of "s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject", "s3:ObjectCreated:*", "s3:ObjectCreated:Put", "s3:ObjectCreated:Post", "s3:ObjectCreated:Copy", "s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload", "s3:ObjectRemoved:*", "s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete", "s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated", "s3:ObjectRestore:*", "s3:ObjectRestore:Post", "s3:ObjectRestore:Completed", "s3:Replication:*", "s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication", "s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked", "s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold", "s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold"
resp.queue_configuration.events #=> Array
resp.queue_configuration.events[0] #=> String, one of "s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject", "s3:ObjectCreated:*", "s3:ObjectCreated:Put", "s3:ObjectCreated:Post", "s3:ObjectCreated:Copy", "s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload", "s3:ObjectRemoved:*", "s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete", "s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated", "s3:ObjectRestore:*", "s3:ObjectRestore:Post", "s3:ObjectRestore:Completed", "s3:Replication:*", "s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication", "s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked", "s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold", "s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold"
resp.queue_configuration.queue #=> String
resp.cloud_function_configuration.id #=> String
resp.cloud_function_configuration.event #=> String, one of "s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject", "s3:ObjectCreated:*", "s3:ObjectCreated:Put", "s3:ObjectCreated:Post", "s3:ObjectCreated:Copy", "s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload", "s3:ObjectRemoved:*", "s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete", "s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated", "s3:ObjectRestore:*", "s3:ObjectRestore:Post", "s3:ObjectRestore:Completed", "s3:Replication:*", "s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication", "s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked", "s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold", "s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold"
resp.cloud_function_configuration.events #=> Array
resp.cloud_function_configuration.events[0] #=> String, one of "s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject", "s3:ObjectCreated:*", "s3:ObjectCreated:Put", "s3:ObjectCreated:Post", "s3:ObjectCreated:Copy", "s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload", "s3:ObjectRemoved:*", "s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete", "s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated", "s3:ObjectRestore:*", "s3:ObjectRestore:Post", "s3:ObjectRestore:Completed", "s3:Replication:*", "s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication", "s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked", "s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold", "s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold"
resp.cloud_function_configuration.cloud_function #=> String
resp.cloud_function_configuration.invocation_role #=> String

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket for which to get the notification configuration.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #topic_configuration => Types::TopicConfigurationDeprecated
- #queue_configuration => Types::QueueConfigurationDeprecated
- #cloud_function_configuration => Types::CloudFunctionConfiguration

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 4358

def get_bucket_notification(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:get_bucket_notification, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#get_bucket_notification_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::NotificationConfiguration`

Returns the notification configuration of a bucket.

If notifications are not enabled on the bucket, the operation returns an empty ‘NotificationConfiguration` element.

By default, you must be the bucket owner to read the notification configuration of a bucket. However, the bucket owner can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to read this configuration with the ‘s3:GetBucketNotification` permission.

For more information about setting and reading the notification configuration on a bucket, see [Setting Up Notification of Bucket Events]. For more information about bucket policies, see [Using Bucket Policies].

The following operation is related to ‘GetBucketNotification`:

PutBucketNotification][3

^

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketNotification.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_bucket_notification_configuration({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.topic_configurations #=> Array
resp.topic_configurations[0].id #=> String
resp.topic_configurations[0].topic_arn #=> String
resp.topic_configurations[0].events #=> Array
resp.topic_configurations[0].events[0] #=> String, one of "s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject", "s3:ObjectCreated:*", "s3:ObjectCreated:Put", "s3:ObjectCreated:Post", "s3:ObjectCreated:Copy", "s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload", "s3:ObjectRemoved:*", "s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete", "s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated", "s3:ObjectRestore:*", "s3:ObjectRestore:Post", "s3:ObjectRestore:Completed", "s3:Replication:*", "s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication", "s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked", "s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold", "s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold"
resp.topic_configurations[0].filter.key.filter_rules #=> Array
resp.topic_configurations[0].filter.key.filter_rules[0].name #=> String, one of "prefix", "suffix"
resp.topic_configurations[0].filter.key.filter_rules[0].value #=> String
resp.queue_configurations #=> Array
resp.queue_configurations[0].id #=> String
resp.queue_configurations[0].queue_arn #=> String
resp.queue_configurations[0].events #=> Array
resp.queue_configurations[0].events[0] #=> String, one of "s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject", "s3:ObjectCreated:*", "s3:ObjectCreated:Put", "s3:ObjectCreated:Post", "s3:ObjectCreated:Copy", "s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload", "s3:ObjectRemoved:*", "s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete", "s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated", "s3:ObjectRestore:*", "s3:ObjectRestore:Post", "s3:ObjectRestore:Completed", "s3:Replication:*", "s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication", "s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked", "s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold", "s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold"
resp.queue_configurations[0].filter.key.filter_rules #=> Array
resp.queue_configurations[0].filter.key.filter_rules[0].name #=> String, one of "prefix", "suffix"
resp.queue_configurations[0].filter.key.filter_rules[0].value #=> String
resp.lambda_function_configurations #=> Array
resp.lambda_function_configurations[0].id #=> String
resp.lambda_function_configurations[0].lambda_function_arn #=> String
resp.lambda_function_configurations[0].events #=> Array
resp.lambda_function_configurations[0].events[0] #=> String, one of "s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject", "s3:ObjectCreated:*", "s3:ObjectCreated:Put", "s3:ObjectCreated:Post", "s3:ObjectCreated:Copy", "s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload", "s3:ObjectRemoved:*", "s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete", "s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated", "s3:ObjectRestore:*", "s3:ObjectRestore:Post", "s3:ObjectRestore:Completed", "s3:Replication:*", "s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication", "s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked", "s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold", "s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold"
resp.lambda_function_configurations[0].filter.key.filter_rules #=> Array
resp.lambda_function_configurations[0].filter.key.filter_rules[0].name #=> String, one of "prefix", "suffix"
resp.lambda_function_configurations[0].filter.key.filter_rules[0].value #=> String

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket for which to get the notification configuration.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::NotificationConfiguration) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #topic_configurations => Array<Types::TopicConfiguration>
- #queue_configurations => Array<Types::QueueConfiguration>
- #lambda_function_configurations => Array<Types::LambdaFunctionConfiguration>

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 4443

def get_bucket_notification_configuration(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:get_bucket_notification_configuration, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#get_bucket_ownership_controls(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketOwnershipControlsOutput`

Retrieves ‘OwnershipControls` for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the `s3:GetBucketOwnershipControls` permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see [Specifying Permissions in a Policy].

For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see [Using Object Ownership].

The following operations are related to ‘GetBucketOwnershipControls`:

PutBucketOwnershipControls
DeleteBucketOwnershipControls

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/about-object-ownership.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_bucket_ownership_controls({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.ownership_controls.rules #=> Array
resp.ownership_controls.rules[0].object_ownership #=> String, one of "BucketOwnerPreferred", "ObjectWriter"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose ‘OwnershipControls` you want to retrieve.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::GetBucketOwnershipControlsOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #ownership_controls => Types::OwnershipControls

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 4496

def get_bucket_ownership_controls(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:get_bucket_ownership_controls, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#get_bucket_policy(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketPolicyOutput`

Returns the policy of a specified bucket. If you are using an identity other than the root user of the AWS account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must have the ‘GetBucketPolicy` permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner’s account in order to use this operation.

If you don’t have ‘GetBucketPolicy` permissions, Amazon S3 returns a `403 Access Denied` error. If you have the correct permissions, but you’re not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner’s account, Amazon S3 returns a ‘405 Method Not Allowed` error.

As a security precaution, the root user of the AWS account that owns a bucket can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root user the ability to perform this action.

For more information about bucket policies, see [Using Bucket Policies and User Policies].

The following operation is related to ‘GetBucketPolicy`:

GetObject][2

^

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html

Examples:

Example: To get bucket policy


# The following example returns bucket policy associated with a bucket.

resp = client.get_bucket_policy({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  policy: "{\"Version\":\"2008-10-17\",\"Id\":\"LogPolicy\",\"Statement\":[{\"Sid\":\"Enables the log delivery group to publish logs to your bucket \",\"Effect\":\"Allow\",\"Principal\":{\"AWS\":\"111122223333\"},\"Action\":[\"s3:GetBucketAcl\",\"s3:GetObjectAcl\",\"s3:PutObject\"],\"Resource\":[\"arn:aws:s3:::policytest1/*\",\"arn:aws:s3:::policytest1\"]}]}", 
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_bucket_policy({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.policy #=> String

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name for which to get the bucket policy.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::GetBucketPolicyOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #policy => IO

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 4571

def get_bucket_policy(params = {}, options = {}, &block)
  req = build_request(:get_bucket_policy, params)
  req.send_request(options, &block)
end

#get_bucket_policy_status(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput`

Retrieves the policy status for an Amazon S3 bucket, indicating whether the bucket is public. In order to use this operation, you must have the ‘s3:GetBucketPolicyStatus` permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see [Specifying Permissions in a Policy].

For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket public, see [The Meaning of “Public“].

The following operations are related to ‘GetBucketPolicyStatus`:

Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access][3
GetPublicAccessBlock][4
PutPublicAccessBlock][5
DeletePublicAccessBlock][6

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetPublicAccessBlock.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutPublicAccessBlock.html [6]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeletePublicAccessBlock.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_bucket_policy_status({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.policy_status.is_public #=> Boolean

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose policy status you want to retrieve.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #policy_status => Types::PolicyStatus

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 4632

def get_bucket_policy_status(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:get_bucket_policy_status, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#get_bucket_replication(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketReplicationOutput`

Returns the replication configuration of a bucket.

<note markdown=“1”> It can take a while to propagate the put or delete a replication configuration to all Amazon S3 systems. Therefore, a get request soon after put or delete can return a wrong result.

</note>

For information about replication configuration, see [Replication] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

This operation requires permissions for the ‘s3:GetReplicationConfiguration` action. For more information about permissions, see [Using Bucket Policies and User Policies].

If you include the ‘Filter` element in a replication configuration, you must also include the `DeleteMarkerReplication` and `Priority` elements. The response also returns those elements.

For information about ‘GetBucketReplication` errors, see [List of replication-related error codes]

The following operations are related to ‘GetBucketReplication`:

PutBucketReplication][4
DeleteBucketReplication][5

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ReplicationErrorCodeList [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketReplication.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketReplication.html

Examples:

Example: To get replication configuration set on a bucket


# The following example returns replication configuration set on a bucket.

resp = client.get_bucket_replication({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  replication_configuration: {
    role: "arn:aws:iam::acct-id:role/example-role", 
    rules: [
      {
        destination: {
          bucket: "arn:aws:s3:::destination-bucket", 
        }, 
        id: "MWIwNTkwZmItMTE3MS00ZTc3LWJkZDEtNzRmODQwYzc1OTQy", 
        prefix: "Tax", 
        status: "Enabled", 
      }, 
    ], 
  }, 
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_bucket_replication({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.replication_configuration.role #=> String
resp.replication_configuration.rules #=> Array
resp.replication_configuration.rules[0].id #=> String
resp.replication_configuration.rules[0].priority #=> Integer
resp.replication_configuration.rules[0].prefix #=> String
resp.replication_configuration.rules[0].filter.prefix #=> String
resp.replication_configuration.rules[0].filter.tag.key #=> String
resp.replication_configuration.rules[0].filter.tag.value #=> String
resp.replication_configuration.rules[0].filter.and.prefix #=> String
resp.replication_configuration.rules[0].filter.and.tags #=> Array
resp.replication_configuration.rules[0].filter.and.tags[0].key #=> String
resp.replication_configuration.rules[0].filter.and.tags[0].value #=> String
resp.replication_configuration.rules[0].status #=> String, one of "Enabled", "Disabled"
resp.replication_configuration.rules[0].source_selection_criteria.sse_kms_encrypted_objects.status #=> String, one of "Enabled", "Disabled"
resp.replication_configuration.rules[0].source_selection_criteria.replica_modifications.status #=> String, one of "Enabled", "Disabled"
resp.replication_configuration.rules[0].existing_object_replication.status #=> String, one of "Enabled", "Disabled"
resp.replication_configuration.rules[0].destination.bucket #=> String
resp.replication_configuration.rules[0].destination.account #=> String
resp.replication_configuration.rules[0].destination.storage_class #=> String, one of "STANDARD", "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY", "STANDARD_IA", "ONEZONE_IA", "INTELLIGENT_TIERING", "GLACIER", "DEEP_ARCHIVE", "OUTPOSTS"
resp.replication_configuration.rules[0].destination.access_control_translation.owner #=> String, one of "Destination"
resp.replication_configuration.rules[0].destination.encryption_configuration.replica_kms_key_id #=> String
resp.replication_configuration.rules[0].destination.replication_time.status #=> String, one of "Enabled", "Disabled"
resp.replication_configuration.rules[0].destination.replication_time.time.minutes #=> Integer
resp.replication_configuration.rules[0].destination.metrics.status #=> String, one of "Enabled", "Disabled"
resp.replication_configuration.rules[0].destination.metrics.event_threshold.minutes #=> Integer
resp.replication_configuration.rules[0].delete_marker_replication.status #=> String, one of "Enabled", "Disabled"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name for which to get the replication information.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::GetBucketReplicationOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #replication_configuration => Types::ReplicationConfiguration

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 4751

def get_bucket_replication(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:get_bucket_replication, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#get_bucket_request_payment(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput`

Returns the request payment configuration of a bucket. To use this version of the operation, you must be the bucket owner. For more information, see [Requester Pays Buckets].

The following operations are related to ‘GetBucketRequestPayment`:

ListObjects][2

^

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjects.html

Examples:

Example: To get bucket versioning configuration


# The following example retrieves bucket versioning configuration.

resp = client.get_bucket_request_payment({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  payer: "BucketOwner", 
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_bucket_request_payment({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.payer #=> String, one of "Requester", "BucketOwner"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket for which to get the payment request configuration
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #payer => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 4813

def get_bucket_request_payment(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:get_bucket_request_payment, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#get_bucket_tagging(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketTaggingOutput`

Returns the tag set associated with the bucket.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the ‘s3:GetBucketTagging` action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.

‘GetBucketTagging` has the following special error:

Error code: ‘NoSuchTagSetError`
- Description: There is no tag set associated with the bucket.
^

The following operations are related to ‘GetBucketTagging`:

PutBucketTagging][1
DeleteBucketTagging][2

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketTagging.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketTagging.html

Examples:

Example: To get tag set associated with a bucket


# The following example returns tag set associated with a bucket

resp = client.get_bucket_tagging({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  tag_set: [
    {
      key: "key1", 
      value: "value1", 
    }, 
    {
      key: "key2", 
      value: "value2", 
    }, 
  ], 
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_bucket_tagging({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.tag_set #=> Array
resp.tag_set[0].key #=> String
resp.tag_set[0].value #=> String

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket for which to get the tagging information.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::GetBucketTaggingOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #tag_set => Array<Types::Tag>

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 4895

def get_bucket_tagging(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:get_bucket_tagging, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#get_bucket_versioning(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketVersioningOutput`

Returns the versioning state of a bucket.

To retrieve the versioning state of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner.

This implementation also returns the MFA Delete status of the versioning state. If the MFA Delete status is ‘enabled`, the bucket owner must use an authentication device to change the versioning state of the bucket.

The following operations are related to ‘GetBucketVersioning`:

GetObject][1
PutObject][2
DeleteObject][3

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html

Examples:

Example: To get bucket versioning configuration


# The following example retrieves bucket versioning configuration.

resp = client.get_bucket_versioning({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  mfa_delete: "Disabled", 
  status: "Enabled", 
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_bucket_versioning({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.status #=> String, one of "Enabled", "Suspended"
resp.mfa_delete #=> String, one of "Enabled", "Disabled"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket for which to get the versioning information.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::GetBucketVersioningOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #status => String
- #mfa_delete => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 4968

def get_bucket_versioning(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:get_bucket_versioning, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#get_bucket_website(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketWebsiteOutput`

Returns the website configuration for a bucket. To host website on Amazon S3, you can configure a bucket as website by adding a website configuration. For more information about hosting websites, see [Hosting Websites on Amazon S3].

This GET operation requires the ‘S3:GetBucketWebsite` permission. By default, only the bucket owner can read the bucket website configuration. However, bucket owners can allow other users to read the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the `S3:GetBucketWebsite` permission.

The following operations are related to ‘DeleteBucketWebsite`:

DeleteBucketWebsite][2
PutBucketWebsite][3

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketWebsite.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketWebsite.html

Examples:

Example: To get bucket website configuration


# The following example retrieves website configuration of a bucket.

resp = client.get_bucket_website({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  error_document: {
    key: "error.html", 
  }, 
  index_document: {
    suffix: "index.html", 
  }, 
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_bucket_website({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.redirect_all_requests_to.host_name #=> String
resp.redirect_all_requests_to.protocol #=> String, one of "http", "https"
resp.index_document.suffix #=> String
resp.error_document.key #=> String
resp.routing_rules #=> Array
resp.routing_rules[0].condition.http_error_code_returned_equals #=> String
resp.routing_rules[0].condition.key_prefix_equals #=> String
resp.routing_rules[0].redirect.host_name #=> String
resp.routing_rules[0].redirect.http_redirect_code #=> String
resp.routing_rules[0].redirect.protocol #=> String, one of "http", "https"
resp.routing_rules[0].redirect.replace_key_prefix_with #=> String
resp.routing_rules[0].redirect.replace_key_with #=> String

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name for which to get the website configuration.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::GetBucketWebsiteOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #redirect_all_requests_to => Types::RedirectAllRequestsTo
- #index_document => Types::IndexDocument
- #error_document => Types::ErrorDocument
- #routing_rules => Array<Types::RoutingRule>

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 5056

def get_bucket_website(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:get_bucket_website, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#get_object(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetObjectOutput`

Retrieves objects from Amazon S3. To use ‘GET`, you must have `READ` access to the object. If you grant `READ` access to the anonymous user, you can return the object without using an authorization header.

An Amazon S3 bucket has no directory hierarchy such as you would find in a typical computer file system. You can, however, create a logical hierarchy by using object key names that imply a folder structure. For example, instead of naming an object ‘sample.jpg`, you can name it `photos/2006/February/sample.jpg`.

To get an object from such a logical hierarchy, specify the full key name for the object in the ‘GET` operation. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object `photos/2006/February/sample.jpg`, specify the resource as `/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg`. For a path-style request example, if you have the object `photos/2006/February/sample.jpg` in the bucket named `examplebucket`, specify the resource as `/examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg`. For more information about request types, see [HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification].

To distribute large files to many people, you can save bandwidth costs by using BitTorrent. For more information, see [Amazon S3 Torrent]. For more information about returning the ACL of an object, see [GetObjectAcl].

If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using [RestoreObject]. Otherwise, this operation returns an ‘InvalidObjectStateError` error. For information about restoring archived objects, see [Restoring Archived Objects].

Encryption request headers, like ‘x-amz-server-side-encryption`, should not be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3–managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 BadRequest error.

If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you GET the object, you must use the following headers:

x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5

For more information about SSE-C, see [Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys)].

Assuming you have permission to read object tags (permission for the ‘s3:GetObjectVersionTagging` action), the response also returns the `x-amz-tagging-count` header that provides the count of number of tags associated with the object. You can use [GetObjectTagging] to retrieve the tag set associated with an object.

Permissions

You need the ‘s3:GetObject` permission for this operation. For more information, see [Specifying Permissions in a Policy]. If the object you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the `s3:ListBucket` permission.

If you have the ‘s3:ListBucket` permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 will return an HTTP status code 404 (“no such key”) error.
If you don’t have the ‘s3:ListBucket` permission, Amazon S3 will return an HTTP status code 403 (“access denied”) error.

Versioning

By default, the GET operation returns the current version of an object. To return a different version, use the ‘versionId` subresource.

<note markdown=“1”> If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted and includes ‘x-amz-delete-marker: true` in the response.

</note>

For more information about versioning, see [PutBucketVersioning].

**Overriding Response Header Values**

There are times when you want to override certain response header values in a GET response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition response header value in your GET request.

You can override values for a set of response headers using the following query parameters. These response header values are sent only on a successful request, that is, when status code 200 OK is returned. The set of headers you can override using these parameters is a subset of the headers that Amazon S3 accepts when you create an object. The response headers that you can override for the GET response are ‘Content-Type`, `Content-Language`, `Expires`, `Cache-Control`, `Content-Disposition`, and `Content-Encoding`. To override these header values in the GET response, you use the following request parameters.

<note markdown=“1”> You must sign the request, either using an Authorization header or a presigned URL, when using these parameters. They cannot be used with an unsigned (anonymous) request.

</note>

‘response-content-type`
‘response-content-language`
‘response-expires`
‘response-cache-control`
‘response-content-disposition`
‘response-content-encoding`

**Additional Considerations about Request Headers**

If both of the ‘If-Match` and `If-Unmodified-Since` headers are present in the request as follows: `If-Match` condition evaluates to `true`, and; `If-Unmodified-Since` condition evaluates to `false`; then, S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested.

If both of the ‘If-None-Match` and `If-Modified-Since` headers are present in the request as follows:` If-None-Match` condition evaluates to `false`, and; `If-Modified-Since` condition evaluates to `true`; then, S3 returns 304 Not Modified response code.

For more information about conditional requests, see [RFC 7232].

The following operations are related to ‘GetObject`:

ListBuckets][11
GetObjectAcl][3

Examples:

Example: To retrieve an object


# The following example retrieves an object for an S3 bucket.

resp = client.get_object({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  key: "HappyFace.jpg", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  accept_ranges: "bytes", 
  content_length: 3191, 
  content_type: "image/jpeg", 
  etag: "\"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae\"", 
  last_modified: Time.parse("Thu, 15 Dec 2016 01:19:41 GMT"), 
  metadata: {
  }, 
  tag_count: 2, 
  version_id: "null", 
}

Example: To retrieve a byte range of an object


# The following example retrieves an object for an S3 bucket. The request specifies the range header to retrieve a
# specific byte range.

resp = client.get_object({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  key: "SampleFile.txt", 
  range: "bytes=0-9", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  accept_ranges: "bytes", 
  content_length: 10, 
  content_range: "bytes 0-9/43", 
  content_type: "text/plain", 
  etag: "\"0d94420ffd0bc68cd3d152506b97a9cc\"", 
  last_modified: Time.parse("Thu, 09 Oct 2014 22:57:28 GMT"), 
  metadata: {
  }, 
  version_id: "null", 
}

Download an object to disk

# stream object directly to disk
resp = s3.get_object(
  response_target: '/path/to/file',
  bucket: 'bucket-name',
  key: 'object-key')

# you can still access other response data
resp.metadata #=> { ... }
resp.etag #=> "..."

Download object into memory

# omit :response_target to download to a StringIO in memory
resp = s3.get_object(bucket: 'bucket-name', key: 'object-key')

# call #read or #string on the response body
resp.body.read
#=> '...'

Streaming data to a block

# WARNING: yielding data to a block disables retries of networking errors
# However truncation of the body will be retried automatically using a range request
File.open('/path/to/file', 'wb') do |file|
  s3.get_object(bucket: 'bucket-name', key: 'object-key') do |chunk, headers|
    # headers['content-length']
    file.write(chunk)
  end
end

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_object({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  if_match: "IfMatch",
  if_modified_since: Time.now,
  if_none_match: "IfNoneMatch",
  if_unmodified_since: Time.now,
  key: "ObjectKey", # required
  range: "Range",
  response_cache_control: "ResponseCacheControl",
  response_content_disposition: "ResponseContentDisposition",
  response_content_encoding: "ResponseContentEncoding",
  response_content_language: "ResponseContentLanguage",
  response_content_type: "ResponseContentType",
  response_expires: Time.now,
  version_id: "ObjectVersionId",
  sse_customer_algorithm: "SSECustomerAlgorithm",
  sse_customer_key: "SSECustomerKey",
  sse_customer_key_md5: "SSECustomerKeyMD5",
  request_payer: "requester", # accepts requester
  part_number: 1,
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.body #=> IO
resp.delete_marker #=> Boolean
resp.accept_ranges #=> String
resp.expiration #=> String
resp.restore #=> String
resp.last_modified #=> Time
resp.content_length #=> Integer
resp.etag #=> String
resp.missing_meta #=> Integer
resp.version_id #=> String
resp.cache_control #=> String
resp.content_disposition #=> String
resp.content_encoding #=> String
resp.content_language #=> String
resp.content_range #=> String
resp.content_type #=> String
resp.expires #=> Time
resp.expires_string #=> String
resp.website_redirect_location #=> String
resp.server_side_encryption #=> String, one of "AES256", "aws:kms"
resp.metadata #=> Hash
resp.metadata["MetadataKey"] #=> String
resp.sse_customer_algorithm #=> String
resp.sse_customer_key_md5 #=> String
resp.ssekms_key_id #=> String
resp.bucket_key_enabled #=> Boolean
resp.storage_class #=> String, one of "STANDARD", "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY", "STANDARD_IA", "ONEZONE_IA", "INTELLIGENT_TIERING", "GLACIER", "DEEP_ARCHIVE", "OUTPOSTS"
resp.request_charged #=> String, one of "requester"
resp.replication_status #=> String, one of "COMPLETE", "PENDING", "FAILED", "REPLICA"
resp.parts_count #=> Integer
resp.tag_count #=> Integer
resp.object_lock_mode #=> String, one of "GOVERNANCE", "COMPLIANCE"
resp.object_lock_retain_until_date #=> Time
resp.object_lock_legal_hold_status #=> String, one of "ON", "OFF"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:response_target (String, IO) —

Where to write response data, file path, or IO object.
:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name containing the object.

When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see [Using Access Points] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

When using this API with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [Using S3 on Outposts] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3onOutposts.html
:if_match (String) —

Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is the same as the one specified, otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed).
:if_modified_since (Time, DateTime, Date, Integer, String) —

Return the object only if it has been modified since the specified time, otherwise return a 304 (not modified).
:if_none_match (String) —

Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is different from the one specified, otherwise return a 304 (not modified).
:if_unmodified_since (Time, DateTime, Date, Integer, String) —

Return the object only if it has not been modified since the specified time, otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed).
:key (required, String) —

Key of the object to get.
:range (String) —
Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about the HTTP Range header, see [www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35][1].

<note markdown=“1”> Amazon S3 doesn’t support retrieving multiple ranges of data per ‘GET` request.
```
</note>
```
[1]: www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35
:response_cache_control (String) —

Sets the ‘Cache-Control` header of the response.
:response_content_disposition (String) —

Sets the ‘Content-Disposition` header of the response
:response_content_encoding (String) —

Sets the ‘Content-Encoding` header of the response.
:response_content_language (String) —

Sets the ‘Content-Language` header of the response.
:response_content_type (String) —

Sets the ‘Content-Type` header of the response.
:response_expires (Time, DateTime, Date, Integer, String) —

Sets the ‘Expires` header of the response.
:version_id (String) —

VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
:sse_customer_algorithm (String) —

Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example, AES256).
:sse_customer_key (String) —

Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the ‘x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm` header.
:sse_customer_key_md5 (String) —

Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
:request_payer (String) —

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requestor Pays Buckets] in the *Amazon S3 Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
:part_number (Integer) —

Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between 1 and 10,000. Effectively performs a ‘ranged’ GET request for the part specified. Useful for downloading just a part of an object.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::GetObjectOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #body => IO
- #delete_marker => Boolean
- #accept_ranges => String
- #expiration => String
- #restore => String
- #last_modified => Time
- #content_length => Integer
- #etag => String
- #missing_meta => Integer
- #version_id => String
- #cache_control => String
- #content_disposition => String
- #content_encoding => String
- #content_language => String
- #content_range => String
- #content_type => String
- #expires => Time
- #expires_string => String
- #website_redirect_location => String
- #server_side_encryption => String
- #metadata => Hash<String,String>
- #sse_customer_algorithm => String
- #sse_customer_key_md5 => String
- #ssekms_key_id => String
- #bucket_key_enabled => Boolean
- #storage_class => String
- #request_charged => String
- #replication_status => String
- #parts_count => Integer
- #tag_count => Integer
- #object_lock_mode => String
- #object_lock_retain_until_date => Time
- #object_lock_legal_hold_status => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 5515

def get_object(params = {}, options = {}, &block)
  req = build_request(:get_object, params)
  req.send_request(options, &block)
end

#get_object_acl(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetObjectAclOutput`

Returns the access control list (ACL) of an object. To use this operation, you must have ‘READ_ACP` access to the object.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.

Versioning

By default, GET returns ACL information about the current version of an object. To return ACL information about a different version, use the versionId subresource.

The following operations are related to ‘GetObjectAcl`:

GetObject][1
DeleteObject][2
PutObject][3

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html

Examples:

Example: To retrieve object ACL


# The following example retrieves access control list (ACL) of an object.

resp = client.get_object_acl({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  key: "HappyFace.jpg", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  grants: [
    {
      grantee: {
        display_name: "owner-display-name", 
        id: "examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc", 
        type: "CanonicalUser", 
      }, 
      permission: "WRITE", 
    }, 
    {
      grantee: {
        display_name: "owner-display-name", 
        id: "examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc", 
        type: "CanonicalUser", 
      }, 
      permission: "WRITE_ACP", 
    }, 
    {
      grantee: {
        display_name: "owner-display-name", 
        id: "examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc", 
        type: "CanonicalUser", 
      }, 
      permission: "READ", 
    }, 
    {
      grantee: {
        display_name: "owner-display-name", 
        id: "852b113eexamplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc", 
        type: "CanonicalUser", 
      }, 
      permission: "READ_ACP", 
    }, 
  ], 
  owner: {
    display_name: "owner-display-name", 
    id: "examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc", 
  }, 
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_object_acl({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  key: "ObjectKey", # required
  version_id: "ObjectVersionId",
  request_payer: "requester", # accepts requester
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.owner.display_name #=> String
resp.owner.id #=> String
resp.grants #=> Array
resp.grants[0].grantee.display_name #=> String
resp.grants[0].grantee.email_address #=> String
resp.grants[0].grantee.id #=> String
resp.grants[0].grantee.type #=> String, one of "CanonicalUser", "AmazonCustomerByEmail", "Group"
resp.grants[0].grantee.uri #=> String
resp.grants[0].permission #=> String, one of "FULL_CONTROL", "WRITE", "WRITE_ACP", "READ", "READ_ACP"
resp.request_charged #=> String, one of "requester"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name that contains the object for which to get the ACL information.

When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see [Using Access Points] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html
:key (required, String) —

The key of the object for which to get the ACL information.
:version_id (String) —

VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
:request_payer (String) —

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requestor Pays Buckets] in the *Amazon S3 Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::GetObjectAclOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #owner => Types::Owner
- #grants => Array<Types::Grant>
- #request_charged => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 5668

def get_object_acl(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:get_object_acl, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#get_object_legal_hold(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetObjectLegalHoldOutput`

Gets an object’s current Legal Hold status. For more information, see [Locking Objects].

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_object_legal_hold({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  key: "ObjectKey", # required
  version_id: "ObjectVersionId",
  request_payer: "requester", # accepts requester
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.legal_hold.status #=> String, one of "ON", "OFF"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name containing the object whose Legal Hold status you want to retrieve.

When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see [Using Access Points] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html
:key (required, String) —

The key name for the object whose Legal Hold status you want to retrieve.
:version_id (String) —

The version ID of the object whose Legal Hold status you want to retrieve.
:request_payer (String) —

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requestor Pays Buckets] in the *Amazon S3 Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #legal_hold => Types::ObjectLockLegalHold

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 5744

def get_object_legal_hold(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:get_object_legal_hold, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#get_object_lock_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput`

Gets the Object Lock configuration for a bucket. The rule specified in the Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object placed in the specified bucket. For more information, see [Locking Objects].

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_object_lock_configuration({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.object_lock_configuration.object_lock_enabled #=> String, one of "Enabled"
resp.object_lock_configuration.rule.default_retention.mode #=> String, one of "GOVERNANCE", "COMPLIANCE"
resp.object_lock_configuration.rule.default_retention.days #=> Integer
resp.object_lock_configuration.rule.default_retention.years #=> Integer

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket whose Object Lock configuration you want to retrieve.

When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see [Using Access Points] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #object_lock_configuration => Types::ObjectLockConfiguration

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 5800

def get_object_lock_configuration(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:get_object_lock_configuration, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#get_object_retention(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetObjectRetentionOutput`

Retrieves an object’s retention settings. For more information, see [Locking Objects].

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_object_retention({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  key: "ObjectKey", # required
  version_id: "ObjectVersionId",
  request_payer: "requester", # accepts requester
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.retention.mode #=> String, one of "GOVERNANCE", "COMPLIANCE"
resp.retention.retain_until_date #=> Time

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name containing the object whose retention settings you want to retrieve.

When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see [Using Access Points] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html
:key (required, String) —

The key name for the object whose retention settings you want to retrieve.
:version_id (String) —

The version ID for the object whose retention settings you want to retrieve.
:request_payer (String) —

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requestor Pays Buckets] in the *Amazon S3 Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::GetObjectRetentionOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #retention => Types::ObjectLockRetention

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 5877

def get_object_retention(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:get_object_retention, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#get_object_tagging(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetObjectTaggingOutput`

Returns the tag-set of an object. You send the GET request against the tagging subresource associated with the object.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the ‘s3:GetObjectTagging` action. By default, the GET operation returns information about current version of an object. For a versioned bucket, you can have multiple versions of an object in your bucket. To retrieve tags of any other version, use the versionId query parameter. You also need permission for the `s3:GetObjectVersionTagging` action.

By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.

For information about the Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see [Object Tagging].

The following operation is related to ‘GetObjectTagging`:

PutObjectTagging][2

^

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObjectTagging.html

Examples:

Example: To retrieve tag set of an object


# The following example retrieves tag set of an object.

resp = client.get_object_tagging({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  key: "HappyFace.jpg", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  tag_set: [
    {
      key: "Key4", 
      value: "Value4", 
    }, 
    {
      key: "Key3", 
      value: "Value3", 
    }, 
  ], 
  version_id: "null", 
}

Example: To retrieve tag set of a specific object version


# The following example retrieves tag set of an object. The request specifies object version.

resp = client.get_object_tagging({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  key: "exampleobject", 
  version_id: "ydlaNkwWm0SfKJR.T1b1fIdPRbldTYRI", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  tag_set: [
    {
      key: "Key1", 
      value: "Value1", 
    }, 
  ], 
  version_id: "ydlaNkwWm0SfKJR.T1b1fIdPRbldTYRI", 
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_object_tagging({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  key: "ObjectKey", # required
  version_id: "ObjectVersionId",
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.version_id #=> String
resp.tag_set #=> Array
resp.tag_set[0].key #=> String
resp.tag_set[0].value #=> String

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name containing the object for which to get the tagging information.

When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see [Using Access Points] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

When using this API with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [Using S3 on Outposts] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3onOutposts.html
:key (required, String) —

Object key for which to get the tagging information.
:version_id (String) —

The versionId of the object for which to get the tagging information.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::GetObjectTaggingOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #version_id => String
- #tag_set => Array<Types::Tag>

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 6017

def get_object_tagging(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:get_object_tagging, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#get_object_torrent(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetObjectTorrentOutput`

Returns torrent files from a bucket. BitTorrent can save you bandwidth when you’re distributing large files. For more information about BitTorrent, see [Using BitTorrent with Amazon S3].

<note markdown=“1”> You can get torrent only for objects that are less than 5 GB in size, and that are not encrypted using server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key.

</note>

To use GET, you must have READ access to the object.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.

The following operation is related to ‘GetObjectTorrent`:

GetObject][2

^

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3Torrent.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html

Examples:

Example: To retrieve torrent files for an object


# The following example retrieves torrent files of an object.

resp = client.get_object_torrent({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  key: "HappyFace.jpg", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_object_torrent({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  key: "ObjectKey", # required
  request_payer: "requester", # accepts requester
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.body #=> IO
resp.request_charged #=> String, one of "requester"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:response_target (String, IO) —

Where to write response data, file path, or IO object.
:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket containing the object for which to get the torrent files.
:key (required, String) —

The object key for which to get the information.
:request_payer (String) —

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requestor Pays Buckets] in the *Amazon S3 Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::GetObjectTorrentOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #body => IO
- #request_charged => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 6110

def get_object_torrent(params = {}, options = {}, &block)
  req = build_request(:get_object_torrent, params)
  req.send_request(options, &block)
end

#get_public_access_block(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetPublicAccessBlockOutput`

Retrieves the ‘PublicAccessBlock` configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the `s3:GetBucketPublicAccessBlock` permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see [Specifying Permissions in a Policy].

When Amazon S3 evaluates the ‘PublicAccessBlock` configuration for a bucket or an object, it checks the `PublicAccessBlock` configuration for both the bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner’s account. If the ‘PublicAccessBlock` settings are different between the bucket and the account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level and account-level settings.

For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object public, see [The Meaning of “Public“].

The following operations are related to ‘GetPublicAccessBlock`:

Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access][3
PutPublicAccessBlock][4
GetPublicAccessBlock][5
DeletePublicAccessBlock][6

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutPublicAccessBlock.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetPublicAccessBlock.html [6]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeletePublicAccessBlock.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.get_public_access_block({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.public_access_block_configuration.block_public_acls #=> Boolean
resp.public_access_block_configuration.ignore_public_acls #=> Boolean
resp.public_access_block_configuration.block_public_policy #=> Boolean
resp.public_access_block_configuration.restrict_public_buckets #=> Boolean

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose ‘PublicAccessBlock` configuration you want to retrieve.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #public_access_block_configuration => Types::PublicAccessBlockConfiguration

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 6181

def get_public_access_block(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:get_public_access_block, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#head_bucket(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

This operation is useful to determine if a bucket exists and you have permission to access it. The operation returns a ‘200 OK` if the bucket exists and you have permission to access it. Otherwise, the operation might return responses such as `404 Not Found` and `403 Forbidden`.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the ‘s3:ListBucket` action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations] and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources].

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html

The following waiters are defined for this operation (see #wait_until for detailed usage):

* bucket_exists
* bucket_not_exists

Examples:

Example: To determine if bucket exists


# This operation checks to see if a bucket exists.

resp = client.head_bucket({
  bucket: "acl1", 
})

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.head_bucket({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name.

When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see [Using Access Points] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

When using this API with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [Using S3 on Outposts] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3onOutposts.html
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 6262

def head_bucket(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:head_bucket, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#head_object(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::HeadObjectOutput`

The HEAD operation retrieves metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This operation is useful if you’re only interested in an object’s metadata. To use HEAD, you must have READ access to the object.

A ‘HEAD` request has the same options as a `GET` operation on an object. The response is identical to the `GET` response except that there is no response body.

If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers:

x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5

For more information about SSE-C, see [Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys)].

<note markdown=“1”> Encryption request headers, like ‘x-amz-server-side-encryption`, should not be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3–managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 BadRequest error.

</note>

Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see [Common Request Headers].

Consider the following when using request headers:

Consideration 1 – If both of the ‘If-Match` and `If-Unmodified-Since` headers are present in the request as follows:
- ‘If-Match` condition evaluates to `true`, and;
- ‘If-Unmodified-Since` condition evaluates to `false`;
Then Amazon S3 returns ‘200 OK` and the data requested.
Consideration 2 – If both of the ‘If-None-Match` and `If-Modified-Since` headers are present in the request as follows:
- ‘If-None-Match` condition evaluates to `false`, and;
- ‘If-Modified-Since` condition evaluates to `true`;
Then Amazon S3 returns the ‘304 Not Modified` response code.

For more information about conditional requests, see [RFC 7232].

Permissions

You need the ‘s3:GetObject` permission for this operation. For more information, see [Specifying Permissions in a Policy]. If the object you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.

If you have the ‘s3:ListBucket` permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 (“no such key”) error.
If you don’t have the ‘s3:ListBucket` permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 (“access denied”) error.

The following operation is related to ‘HeadObject`:

GetObject][5

^

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTCommonRequestHeaders.html [3]: tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232 [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html

The following waiters are defined for this operation (see #wait_until for detailed usage):

* object_exists
* object_not_exists

Examples:

Example: To retrieve metadata of an object without returning the object itself


# The following example retrieves an object metadata.

resp = client.head_object({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  key: "HappyFace.jpg", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  accept_ranges: "bytes", 
  content_length: 3191, 
  content_type: "image/jpeg", 
  etag: "\"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae\"", 
  last_modified: Time.parse("Thu, 15 Dec 2016 01:19:41 GMT"), 
  metadata: {
  }, 
  version_id: "null", 
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.head_object({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  if_match: "IfMatch",
  if_modified_since: Time.now,
  if_none_match: "IfNoneMatch",
  if_unmodified_since: Time.now,
  key: "ObjectKey", # required
  range: "Range",
  version_id: "ObjectVersionId",
  sse_customer_algorithm: "SSECustomerAlgorithm",
  sse_customer_key: "SSECustomerKey",
  sse_customer_key_md5: "SSECustomerKeyMD5",
  request_payer: "requester", # accepts requester
  part_number: 1,
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.delete_marker #=> Boolean
resp.accept_ranges #=> String
resp.expiration #=> String
resp.restore #=> String
resp.archive_status #=> String, one of "ARCHIVE_ACCESS", "DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS"
resp.last_modified #=> Time
resp.content_length #=> Integer
resp.etag #=> String
resp.missing_meta #=> Integer
resp.version_id #=> String
resp.cache_control #=> String
resp.content_disposition #=> String
resp.content_encoding #=> String
resp.content_language #=> String
resp.content_type #=> String
resp.expires #=> Time
resp.expires_string #=> String
resp.website_redirect_location #=> String
resp.server_side_encryption #=> String, one of "AES256", "aws:kms"
resp.metadata #=> Hash
resp.metadata["MetadataKey"] #=> String
resp.sse_customer_algorithm #=> String
resp.sse_customer_key_md5 #=> String
resp.ssekms_key_id #=> String
resp.bucket_key_enabled #=> Boolean
resp.storage_class #=> String, one of "STANDARD", "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY", "STANDARD_IA", "ONEZONE_IA", "INTELLIGENT_TIERING", "GLACIER", "DEEP_ARCHIVE", "OUTPOSTS"
resp.request_charged #=> String, one of "requester"
resp.replication_status #=> String, one of "COMPLETE", "PENDING", "FAILED", "REPLICA"
resp.parts_count #=> Integer
resp.object_lock_mode #=> String, one of "GOVERNANCE", "COMPLIANCE"
resp.object_lock_retain_until_date #=> Time
resp.object_lock_legal_hold_status #=> String, one of "ON", "OFF"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket containing the object.

When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see [Using Access Points] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

When using this API with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [Using S3 on Outposts] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3onOutposts.html
:if_match (String) —

Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is the same as the one specified, otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed).
:if_modified_since (Time, DateTime, Date, Integer, String) —

Return the object only if it has been modified since the specified time, otherwise return a 304 (not modified).
:if_none_match (String) —

Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is different from the one specified, otherwise return a 304 (not modified).
:if_unmodified_since (Time, DateTime, Date, Integer, String) —

Return the object only if it has not been modified since the specified time, otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed).
:key (required, String) —

The object key.
:range (String) —
Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about the HTTP Range header, see [www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35][1].

<note markdown=“1”> Amazon S3 doesn’t support retrieving multiple ranges of data per ‘GET` request.
```
</note>
```
[1]: www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35
:version_id (String) —

VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
:sse_customer_algorithm (String) —

Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example, AES256).
:sse_customer_key (String) —

Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the ‘x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm` header.
:sse_customer_key_md5 (String) —

Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
:request_payer (String) —

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requestor Pays Buckets] in the *Amazon S3 Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
:part_number (Integer) —

Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between 1 and 10,000. Effectively performs a ‘ranged’ HEAD request for the part specified. Useful querying about the size of the part and the number of parts in this object.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::HeadObjectOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #delete_marker => Boolean
- #accept_ranges => String
- #expiration => String
- #restore => String
- #archive_status => String
- #last_modified => Time
- #content_length => Integer
- #etag => String
- #missing_meta => Integer
- #version_id => String
- #cache_control => String
- #content_disposition => String
- #content_encoding => String
- #content_language => String
- #content_type => String
- #expires => Time
- #expires_string => String
- #website_redirect_location => String
- #server_side_encryption => String
- #metadata => Hash<String,String>
- #sse_customer_algorithm => String
- #sse_customer_key_md5 => String
- #ssekms_key_id => String
- #bucket_key_enabled => Boolean
- #storage_class => String
- #request_charged => String
- #replication_status => String
- #parts_count => Integer
- #object_lock_mode => String
- #object_lock_retain_until_date => Time
- #object_lock_legal_hold_status => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 6570

def head_object(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:head_object, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#list_bucket_analytics_configurations(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput`

Lists the analytics configurations for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket.

This operation supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. You should always check the ‘IsTruncated` element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, `IsTruncated` is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, `IsTruncated` is set to true, and there will be a value in `NextContinuationToken`. You use the `NextContinuationToken` value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the request to `GET` the next page.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the ‘s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration` action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations] and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources].

For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see [Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis].

The following operations are related to ‘ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations`:

GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration][4
DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration][5
PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration][6

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html [6]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.list_bucket_analytics_configurations({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  continuation_token: "Token",
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.is_truncated #=> Boolean
resp.continuation_token #=> String
resp.next_continuation_token #=> String
resp.analytics_configuration_list #=> Array
resp.analytics_configuration_list[0].id #=> String
resp.analytics_configuration_list[0].filter.prefix #=> String
resp.analytics_configuration_list[0].filter.tag.key #=> String
resp.analytics_configuration_list[0].filter.tag.value #=> String
resp.analytics_configuration_list[0].filter.and.prefix #=> String
resp.analytics_configuration_list[0].filter.and.tags #=> Array
resp.analytics_configuration_list[0].filter.and.tags[0].key #=> String
resp.analytics_configuration_list[0].filter.and.tags[0].value #=> String
resp.analytics_configuration_list[0].storage_class_analysis.data_export.output_schema_version #=> String, one of "V_1"
resp.analytics_configuration_list[0].storage_class_analysis.data_export.destination.s3_bucket_destination.format #=> String, one of "CSV"
resp.analytics_configuration_list[0].storage_class_analysis.data_export.destination.s3_bucket_destination.bucket_account_id #=> String
resp.analytics_configuration_list[0].storage_class_analysis.data_export.destination.s3_bucket_destination.bucket #=> String
resp.analytics_configuration_list[0].storage_class_analysis.data_export.destination.s3_bucket_destination.prefix #=> String

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket from which analytics configurations are retrieved.
:continuation_token (String) —

The ContinuationToken that represents a placeholder from where this request should begin.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #is_truncated => Boolean
- #continuation_token => String
- #next_continuation_token => String
- #analytics_configuration_list => Array<Types::AnalyticsConfiguration>

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 6668

def list_bucket_analytics_configurations(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:list_bucket_analytics_configurations, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#list_bucket_intelligent_tiering_configurations(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput`

Lists the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket.

The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without additional operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings by moving data between access tiers, when access patterns change.

The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is suitable for objects larger than 128 KB that you plan to store for at least 30 days. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the frequent access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.

If you delete an object before the end of the 30-day minimum storage duration period, you are charged for 30 days. For more information, see [Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects].

Operations related to ‘ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations` include:

DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration][2
PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration][3
GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration][4

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.list_bucket_intelligent_tiering_configurations({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  continuation_token: "Token",
})

Response structure


resp.is_truncated #=> Boolean
resp.continuation_token #=> String
resp.next_continuation_token #=> String
resp.intelligent_tiering_configuration_list #=> Array
resp.intelligent_tiering_configuration_list[0].id #=> String
resp.intelligent_tiering_configuration_list[0].filter.prefix #=> String
resp.intelligent_tiering_configuration_list[0].filter.tag.key #=> String
resp.intelligent_tiering_configuration_list[0].filter.tag.value #=> String
resp.intelligent_tiering_configuration_list[0].filter.and.prefix #=> String
resp.intelligent_tiering_configuration_list[0].filter.and.tags #=> Array
resp.intelligent_tiering_configuration_list[0].filter.and.tags[0].key #=> String
resp.intelligent_tiering_configuration_list[0].filter.and.tags[0].value #=> String
resp.intelligent_tiering_configuration_list[0].status #=> String, one of "Enabled", "Disabled"
resp.intelligent_tiering_configuration_list[0].tierings #=> Array
resp.intelligent_tiering_configuration_list[0].tierings[0].days #=> Integer
resp.intelligent_tiering_configuration_list[0].tierings[0].access_tier #=> String, one of "ARCHIVE_ACCESS", "DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose configuration you want to modify or retrieve.
:continuation_token (String) —

The ContinuationToken that represents a placeholder from where this request should begin.

Returns:

(Types::ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #is_truncated => Boolean
- #continuation_token => String
- #next_continuation_token => String
- #intelligent_tiering_configuration_list => Array<Types::IntelligentTieringConfiguration>

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 6755

def list_bucket_intelligent_tiering_configurations(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:list_bucket_intelligent_tiering_configurations, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#list_bucket_inventory_configurations(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput`

Returns a list of inventory configurations for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket.

This operation supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. Always check the ‘IsTruncated` element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, `IsTruncated` is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, `IsTruncated` is set to true, and there is a value in `NextContinuationToken`. You use the `NextContinuationToken` value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the request to `GET` the next page.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the ‘s3:GetInventoryConfiguration` action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations] and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources].

For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see [Amazon S3 Inventory]

The following operations are related to ‘ListBucketInventoryConfigurations`:

GetBucketInventoryConfiguration][4
DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration][5
PutBucketInventoryConfiguration][6

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketInventoryConfiguration.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration.html [6]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketInventoryConfiguration.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.list_bucket_inventory_configurations({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  continuation_token: "Token",
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.continuation_token #=> String
resp.inventory_configuration_list #=> Array
resp.inventory_configuration_list[0].destination.s3_bucket_destination.account_id #=> String
resp.inventory_configuration_list[0].destination.s3_bucket_destination.bucket #=> String
resp.inventory_configuration_list[0].destination.s3_bucket_destination.format #=> String, one of "CSV", "ORC", "Parquet"
resp.inventory_configuration_list[0].destination.s3_bucket_destination.prefix #=> String
resp.inventory_configuration_list[0].destination.s3_bucket_destination.encryption.ssekms.key_id #=> String
resp.inventory_configuration_list[0].is_enabled #=> Boolean
resp.inventory_configuration_list[0].filter.prefix #=> String
resp.inventory_configuration_list[0].id #=> String
resp.inventory_configuration_list[0].included_object_versions #=> String, one of "All", "Current"
resp.inventory_configuration_list[0].optional_fields #=> Array
resp.inventory_configuration_list[0].optional_fields[0] #=> String, one of "Size", "LastModifiedDate", "StorageClass", "ETag", "IsMultipartUploaded", "ReplicationStatus", "EncryptionStatus", "ObjectLockRetainUntilDate", "ObjectLockMode", "ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus", "IntelligentTieringAccessTier"
resp.inventory_configuration_list[0].schedule.frequency #=> String, one of "Daily", "Weekly"
resp.is_truncated #=> Boolean
resp.next_continuation_token #=> String

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket containing the inventory configurations to retrieve.
:continuation_token (String) —

The marker used to continue an inventory configuration listing that has been truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #continuation_token => String
- #inventory_configuration_list => Array<Types::InventoryConfiguration>
- #is_truncated => Boolean
- #next_continuation_token => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 6853

def list_bucket_inventory_configurations(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:list_bucket_inventory_configurations, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#list_bucket_metrics_configurations(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput`

Lists the metrics configurations for the bucket. The metrics configurations are only for the request metrics of the bucket and do not provide information on daily storage metrics. You can have up to 1,000 configurations per bucket.

This operation supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. Always check the ‘IsTruncated` element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, `IsTruncated` is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, `IsTruncated` is set to true, and there is a value in `NextContinuationToken`. You use the `NextContinuationToken` value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in `continuation-token` in the request to `GET` the next page.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the ‘s3:GetMetricsConfiguration` action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations] and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources].

For more information about metrics configurations and CloudWatch request metrics, see [Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch].

The following operations are related to ‘ListBucketMetricsConfigurations`:

PutBucketMetricsConfiguration][4
GetBucketMetricsConfiguration][5
DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration][6

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketMetricsConfiguration.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketMetricsConfiguration.html [6]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.list_bucket_metrics_configurations({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  continuation_token: "Token",
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.is_truncated #=> Boolean
resp.continuation_token #=> String
resp.next_continuation_token #=> String
resp.metrics_configuration_list #=> Array
resp.metrics_configuration_list[0].id #=> String
resp.metrics_configuration_list[0].filter.prefix #=> String
resp.metrics_configuration_list[0].filter.tag.key #=> String
resp.metrics_configuration_list[0].filter.tag.value #=> String
resp.metrics_configuration_list[0].filter.and.prefix #=> String
resp.metrics_configuration_list[0].filter.and.tags #=> Array
resp.metrics_configuration_list[0].filter.and.tags[0].key #=> String
resp.metrics_configuration_list[0].filter.and.tags[0].value #=> String

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket containing the metrics configurations to retrieve.
:continuation_token (String) —

The marker that is used to continue a metrics configuration listing that has been truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #is_truncated => Boolean
- #continuation_token => String
- #next_continuation_token => String
- #metrics_configuration_list => Array<Types::MetricsConfiguration>

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 6949

def list_bucket_metrics_configurations(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:list_bucket_metrics_configurations, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#list_buckets(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::ListBucketsOutput`

Returns a list of all buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request.

Examples:

Example: To list object versions


# The following example return versions of an object with specific key name prefix. The request limits the number of items
# returned to two. If there are are more than two object version, S3 returns NextToken in the response. You can specify
# this token value in your next request to fetch next set of object versions.

resp = client.list_buckets({
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  buckets: [
    {
      creation_date: Time.parse("2012-02-15T21: 03: 02.000Z"), 
      name: "examplebucket", 
    }, 
    {
      creation_date: Time.parse("2011-07-24T19: 33: 50.000Z"), 
      name: "examplebucket2", 
    }, 
    {
      creation_date: Time.parse("2010-12-17T00: 56: 49.000Z"), 
      name: "examplebucket3", 
    }, 
  ], 
  owner: {
    display_name: "own-display-name", 
    id: "examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31", 
  }, 
}

Response structure


resp.buckets #=> Array
resp.buckets[0].name #=> String
resp.buckets[0].creation_date #=> Time
resp.owner.display_name #=> String
resp.owner.id #=> String

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Returns:

(Types::ListBucketsOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #buckets => Array<Types::Bucket>
- #owner => Types::Owner

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 7006

def list_buckets(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:list_buckets, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#list_multipart_uploads(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::ListMultipartUploadsOutput`

This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads. An in-progress multipart upload is a multipart upload that has been initiated using the Initiate Multipart Upload request, but has not yet been completed or aborted.

This operation returns at most 1,000 multipart uploads in the response. 1,000 multipart uploads is the maximum number of uploads a response can include, which is also the default value. You can further limit the number of uploads in a response by specifying the ‘max-uploads` parameter in the response. If additional multipart uploads satisfy the list criteria, the response will contain an `IsTruncated` element with the value true. To list the additional multipart uploads, use the `key-marker` and `upload-id-marker` request parameters.

In the response, the uploads are sorted by key. If your application has initiated more than one multipart upload using the same object key, then uploads in the response are first sorted by key. Additionally, uploads are sorted in ascending order within each key by the upload initiation time.

For more information on multipart uploads, see [Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload].

For information on permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see [Multipart Upload API and Permissions].

The following operations are related to ‘ListMultipartUploads`:

CreateMultipartUpload][3
UploadPart][4
CompleteMultipartUpload][5
ListParts][6
AbortMultipartUpload][7

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html [6]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html [7]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html

The returned response is a pageable response and is Enumerable. For details on usage see PageableResponse.

Examples:

Example: List next set of multipart uploads when previous result is truncated


# The following example specifies the upload-id-marker and key-marker from previous truncated response to retrieve next
# setup of multipart uploads.

resp = client.list_multipart_uploads({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  key_marker: "nextkeyfrompreviousresponse", 
  max_uploads: 2, 
  upload_id_marker: "valuefrompreviousresponse", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  bucket: "acl1", 
  is_truncated: true, 
  key_marker: "", 
  max_uploads: 2, 
  next_key_marker: "someobjectkey", 
  next_upload_id_marker: "examplelo91lv1iwvWpvCiJWugw2xXLPAD7Z8cJyX9.WiIRgNrdG6Ldsn.9FtS63TCl1Uf5faTB.1U5Ckcbmdw--", 
  upload_id_marker: "", 
  uploads: [
    {
      initiated: Time.parse("2014-05-01T05:40:58.000Z"), 
      initiator: {
        display_name: "ownder-display-name", 
        id: "examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc", 
      }, 
      key: "JavaFile", 
      owner: {
        display_name: "mohanataws", 
        id: "852b113e7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc", 
      }, 
      storage_class: "STANDARD", 
      upload_id: "gZ30jIqlUa.CInXklLQtSMJITdUnoZ1Y5GACB5UckOtspm5zbDMCkPF_qkfZzMiFZ6dksmcnqxJyIBvQMG9X9Q--", 
    }, 
    {
      initiated: Time.parse("2014-05-01T05:41:27.000Z"), 
      initiator: {
        display_name: "ownder-display-name", 
        id: "examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc", 
      }, 
      key: "JavaFile", 
      owner: {
        display_name: "ownder-display-name", 
        id: "examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc", 
      }, 
      storage_class: "STANDARD", 
      upload_id: "b7tZSqIlo91lv1iwvWpvCiJWugw2xXLPAD7Z8cJyX9.WiIRgNrdG6Ldsn.9FtS63TCl1Uf5faTB.1U5Ckcbmdw--", 
    }, 
  ], 
}

Example: To list in-progress multipart uploads on a bucket


# The following example lists in-progress multipart uploads on a specific bucket.

resp = client.list_multipart_uploads({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  uploads: [
    {
      initiated: Time.parse("2014-05-01T05:40:58.000Z"), 
      initiator: {
        display_name: "display-name", 
        id: "examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc", 
      }, 
      key: "JavaFile", 
      owner: {
        display_name: "display-name", 
        id: "examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc", 
      }, 
      storage_class: "STANDARD", 
      upload_id: "examplelUa.CInXklLQtSMJITdUnoZ1Y5GACB5UckOtspm5zbDMCkPF_qkfZzMiFZ6dksmcnqxJyIBvQMG9X9Q--", 
    }, 
    {
      initiated: Time.parse("2014-05-01T05:41:27.000Z"), 
      initiator: {
        display_name: "display-name", 
        id: "examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc", 
      }, 
      key: "JavaFile", 
      owner: {
        display_name: "display-name", 
        id: "examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc", 
      }, 
      storage_class: "STANDARD", 
      upload_id: "examplelo91lv1iwvWpvCiJWugw2xXLPAD7Z8cJyX9.WiIRgNrdG6Ldsn.9FtS63TCl1Uf5faTB.1U5Ckcbmdw--", 
    }, 
  ], 
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.list_multipart_uploads({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  delimiter: "Delimiter",
  encoding_type: "url", # accepts url
  key_marker: "KeyMarker",
  max_uploads: 1,
  prefix: "Prefix",
  upload_id_marker: "UploadIdMarker",
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.bucket #=> String
resp.key_marker #=> String
resp.upload_id_marker #=> String
resp.next_key_marker #=> String
resp.prefix #=> String
resp.delimiter #=> String
resp.next_upload_id_marker #=> String
resp.max_uploads #=> Integer
resp.is_truncated #=> Boolean
resp.uploads #=> Array
resp.uploads[0].upload_id #=> String
resp.uploads[0].key #=> String
resp.uploads[0].initiated #=> Time
resp.uploads[0].storage_class #=> String, one of "STANDARD", "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY", "STANDARD_IA", "ONEZONE_IA", "INTELLIGENT_TIERING", "GLACIER", "DEEP_ARCHIVE", "OUTPOSTS"
resp.uploads[0].owner.display_name #=> String
resp.uploads[0].owner.id #=> String
resp.uploads[0].initiator.id #=> String
resp.uploads[0].initiator.display_name #=> String
resp.common_prefixes #=> Array
resp.common_prefixes[0].prefix #=> String
resp.encoding_type #=> String, one of "url"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.

When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see [Using Access Points] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

When using this API with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [Using S3 on Outposts] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3onOutposts.html
:delimiter (String) —

Character you use to group keys.

All keys that contain the same string between the prefix, if specified, and the first occurrence of the delimiter after the prefix are grouped under a single result element, ‘CommonPrefixes`. If you don’t specify the prefix parameter, then the substring starts at the beginning of the key. The keys that are grouped under ‘CommonPrefixes` result element are not returned elsewhere in the response.
:encoding_type (String) —

Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character; however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the keys in the response.
:key_marker (String) —

Together with upload-id-marker, this parameter specifies the multipart upload after which listing should begin.

If ‘upload-id-marker` is not specified, only the keys lexicographically greater than the specified `key-marker` will be included in the list.

If ‘upload-id-marker` is specified, any multipart uploads for a key equal to the `key-marker` might also be included, provided those multipart uploads have upload IDs lexicographically greater than the specified `upload-id-marker`.
:max_uploads (Integer) —

Sets the maximum number of multipart uploads, from 1 to 1,000, to return in the response body. 1,000 is the maximum number of uploads that can be returned in a response.
:prefix (String) —

Lists in-progress uploads only for those keys that begin with the specified prefix. You can use prefixes to separate a bucket into different grouping of keys. (You can think of using prefix to make groups in the same way you’d use a folder in a file system.)
:upload_id_marker (String) —

Together with key-marker, specifies the multipart upload after which listing should begin. If key-marker is not specified, the upload-id-marker parameter is ignored. Otherwise, any multipart uploads for a key equal to the key-marker might be included in the list only if they have an upload ID lexicographically greater than the specified ‘upload-id-marker`.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::ListMultipartUploadsOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #bucket => String
- #key_marker => String
- #upload_id_marker => String
- #next_key_marker => String
- #prefix => String
- #delimiter => String
- #next_upload_id_marker => String
- #max_uploads => Integer
- #is_truncated => Boolean
- #uploads => Array<Types::MultipartUpload>
- #common_prefixes => Array<Types::CommonPrefix>
- #encoding_type => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 7294

def list_multipart_uploads(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:list_multipart_uploads, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#list_object_versions(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::ListObjectVersionsOutput`

Returns metadata about all versions of the objects in a bucket. You can also use request parameters as selection criteria to return metadata about a subset of all the object versions.

<note markdown=“1”> A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.

</note>

To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.

The following operations are related to ‘ListObjectVersions`:

ListObjectsV2][1
GetObject][2
PutObject][3
DeleteObject][4

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjectsV2.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html

The returned response is a pageable response and is Enumerable. For details on usage see PageableResponse.

Examples:

Example: To list object versions


# The following example return versions of an object with specific key name prefix. The request limits the number of items
# returned to two. If there are are more than two object version, S3 returns NextToken in the response. You can specify
# this token value in your next request to fetch next set of object versions.

resp = client.list_object_versions({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  prefix: "HappyFace.jpg", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  versions: [
    {
      etag: "\"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae\"", 
      is_latest: true, 
      key: "HappyFace.jpg", 
      last_modified: Time.parse("2016-12-15T01:19:41.000Z"), 
      owner: {
        display_name: "owner-display-name", 
        id: "examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc", 
      }, 
      size: 3191, 
      storage_class: "STANDARD", 
      version_id: "null", 
    }, 
    {
      etag: "\"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae\"", 
      is_latest: false, 
      key: "HappyFace.jpg", 
      last_modified: Time.parse("2016-12-13T00:58:26.000Z"), 
      owner: {
        display_name: "owner-display-name", 
        id: "examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc", 
      }, 
      size: 3191, 
      storage_class: "STANDARD", 
      version_id: "PHtexPGjH2y.zBgT8LmB7wwLI2mpbz.k", 
    }, 
  ], 
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.list_object_versions({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  delimiter: "Delimiter",
  encoding_type: "url", # accepts url
  key_marker: "KeyMarker",
  max_keys: 1,
  prefix: "Prefix",
  version_id_marker: "VersionIdMarker",
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.is_truncated #=> Boolean
resp.key_marker #=> String
resp.version_id_marker #=> String
resp.next_key_marker #=> String
resp.next_version_id_marker #=> String
resp.versions #=> Array
resp.versions[0].etag #=> String
resp.versions[0].size #=> Integer
resp.versions[0].storage_class #=> String, one of "STANDARD"
resp.versions[0].key #=> String
resp.versions[0].version_id #=> String
resp.versions[0].is_latest #=> Boolean
resp.versions[0].last_modified #=> Time
resp.versions[0].owner.display_name #=> String
resp.versions[0].owner.id #=> String
resp.delete_markers #=> Array
resp.delete_markers[0].owner.display_name #=> String
resp.delete_markers[0].owner.id #=> String
resp.delete_markers[0].key #=> String
resp.delete_markers[0].version_id #=> String
resp.delete_markers[0].is_latest #=> Boolean
resp.delete_markers[0].last_modified #=> Time
resp.name #=> String
resp.prefix #=> String
resp.delimiter #=> String
resp.max_keys #=> Integer
resp.common_prefixes #=> Array
resp.common_prefixes[0].prefix #=> String
resp.encoding_type #=> String, one of "url"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name that contains the objects.
:delimiter (String) —

A delimiter is a character that you specify to group keys. All keys that contain the same string between the ‘prefix` and the first occurrence of the delimiter are grouped under a single result element in CommonPrefixes. These groups are counted as one result against the max-keys limitation. These keys are not returned elsewhere in the response.
:encoding_type (String) —

Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character; however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the keys in the response.
:key_marker (String) —

Specifies the key to start with when listing objects in a bucket.
:max_keys (Integer) —

Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default the API returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys but will never contain more. If additional keys satisfy the search criteria, but were not returned because max-keys was exceeded, the response contains <isTruncated>true</isTruncated>. To return the additional keys, see key-marker and version-id-marker.
:prefix (String) —

Use this parameter to select only those keys that begin with the specified prefix. You can use prefixes to separate a bucket into different groupings of keys. (You can think of using prefix to make groups in the same way you’d use a folder in a file system.) You can use prefix with delimiter to roll up numerous objects into a single result under CommonPrefixes.
:version_id_marker (String) —

Specifies the object version you want to start listing from.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::ListObjectVersionsOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #is_truncated => Boolean
- #key_marker => String
- #version_id_marker => String
- #next_key_marker => String
- #next_version_id_marker => String
- #versions => Array<Types::ObjectVersion>
- #delete_markers => Array<Types::DeleteMarkerEntry>
- #name => String
- #prefix => String
- #delimiter => String
- #max_keys => Integer
- #common_prefixes => Array<Types::CommonPrefix>
- #encoding_type => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 7487

def list_object_versions(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:list_object_versions, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#list_objects(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::ListObjectsOutput`

Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Be sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.

This API has been revised. We recommend that you use the newer version, [ListObjectsV2], when developing applications. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support ‘ListObjects`.

The following operations are related to ‘ListObjects`:

ListObjectsV2][1
GetObject][2
PutObject][3
CreateBucket][4
ListBuckets][5

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjectsV2.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBuckets.html

The returned response is a pageable response and is Enumerable. For details on usage see PageableResponse.

Examples:

Example: To list objects in a bucket


# The following example list two objects in a bucket.

resp = client.list_objects({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  max_keys: 2, 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  contents: [
    {
      etag: "\"70ee1738b6b21e2c8a43f3a5ab0eee71\"", 
      key: "example1.jpg", 
      last_modified: Time.parse("2014-11-21T19:40:05.000Z"), 
      owner: {
        display_name: "myname", 
        id: "12345example25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc", 
      }, 
      size: 11, 
      storage_class: "STANDARD", 
    }, 
    {
      etag: "\"9c8af9a76df052144598c115ef33e511\"", 
      key: "example2.jpg", 
      last_modified: Time.parse("2013-11-15T01:10:49.000Z"), 
      owner: {
        display_name: "myname", 
        id: "12345example25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc", 
      }, 
      size: 713193, 
      storage_class: "STANDARD", 
    }, 
  ], 
  next_marker: "eyJNYXJrZXIiOiBudWxsLCAiYm90b190cnVuY2F0ZV9hbW91bnQiOiAyfQ==", 
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.list_objects({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  delimiter: "Delimiter",
  encoding_type: "url", # accepts url
  marker: "Marker",
  max_keys: 1,
  prefix: "Prefix",
  request_payer: "requester", # accepts requester
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.is_truncated #=> Boolean
resp.marker #=> String
resp.next_marker #=> String
resp.contents #=> Array
resp.contents[0].key #=> String
resp.contents[0].last_modified #=> Time
resp.contents[0].etag #=> String
resp.contents[0].size #=> Integer
resp.contents[0].storage_class #=> String, one of "STANDARD", "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY", "GLACIER", "STANDARD_IA", "ONEZONE_IA", "INTELLIGENT_TIERING", "DEEP_ARCHIVE", "OUTPOSTS"
resp.contents[0].owner.display_name #=> String
resp.contents[0].owner.id #=> String
resp.name #=> String
resp.prefix #=> String
resp.delimiter #=> String
resp.max_keys #=> Integer
resp.common_prefixes #=> Array
resp.common_prefixes[0].prefix #=> String
resp.encoding_type #=> String, one of "url"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket containing the objects.

When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see [Using Access Points] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

When using this API with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [Using S3 on Outposts] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3onOutposts.html
:delimiter (String) —

A delimiter is a character you use to group keys.
:encoding_type (String) —

Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character; however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the keys in the response.
:marker (String) —

Specifies the key to start with when listing objects in a bucket.
:max_keys (Integer) —

Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default the API returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys but will never contain more.
:prefix (String) —

Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix.
:request_payer (String) —

Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the list objects request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::ListObjectsOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #is_truncated => Boolean
- #marker => String
- #next_marker => String
- #contents => Array<Types::Object>
- #name => String
- #prefix => String
- #delimiter => String
- #max_keys => Integer
- #common_prefixes => Array<Types::CommonPrefix>
- #encoding_type => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 7671

def list_objects(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:list_objects, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#list_objects_v2(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::ListObjectsV2Output`

Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A ‘200 OK` response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.

To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket.

To use this operation in an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, you must have permissions to perform the ‘s3:ListBucket` action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see

Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations][1: and

[Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources].

This section describes the latest revision of the API. We recommend that you use this revised API for application development. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support the prior version of this API, [ListObjects].

To get a list of your buckets, see [ListBuckets].

The following operations are related to ‘ListObjectsV2`:

GetObject][5
PutObject][6
CreateBucket][7

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjects.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBuckets.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html [6]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html [7]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html

The returned response is a pageable response and is Enumerable. For details on usage see PageableResponse.

Examples:

Example: To get object list


# The following example retrieves object list. The request specifies max keys to limit response to include only 2 object
# keys. 

resp = client.list_objects_v2({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  max_keys: 2, 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  contents: [
    {
      etag: "\"70ee1738b6b21e2c8a43f3a5ab0eee71\"", 
      key: "happyface.jpg", 
      last_modified: Time.parse("2014-11-21T19:40:05.000Z"), 
      size: 11, 
      storage_class: "STANDARD", 
    }, 
    {
      etag: "\"becf17f89c30367a9a44495d62ed521a-1\"", 
      key: "test.jpg", 
      last_modified: Time.parse("2014-05-02T04:51:50.000Z"), 
      size: 4192256, 
      storage_class: "STANDARD", 
    }, 
  ], 
  is_truncated: true, 
  key_count: 2, 
  max_keys: 2, 
  name: "examplebucket", 
  next_continuation_token: "1w41l63U0xa8q7smH50vCxyTQqdxo69O3EmK28Bi5PcROI4wI/EyIJg==", 
  prefix: "", 
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.list_objects_v2({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  delimiter: "Delimiter",
  encoding_type: "url", # accepts url
  max_keys: 1,
  prefix: "Prefix",
  continuation_token: "Token",
  fetch_owner: false,
  start_after: "StartAfter",
  request_payer: "requester", # accepts requester
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.is_truncated #=> Boolean
resp.contents #=> Array
resp.contents[0].key #=> String
resp.contents[0].last_modified #=> Time
resp.contents[0].etag #=> String
resp.contents[0].size #=> Integer
resp.contents[0].storage_class #=> String, one of "STANDARD", "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY", "GLACIER", "STANDARD_IA", "ONEZONE_IA", "INTELLIGENT_TIERING", "DEEP_ARCHIVE", "OUTPOSTS"
resp.contents[0].owner.display_name #=> String
resp.contents[0].owner.id #=> String
resp.name #=> String
resp.prefix #=> String
resp.delimiter #=> String
resp.max_keys #=> Integer
resp.common_prefixes #=> Array
resp.common_prefixes[0].prefix #=> String
resp.encoding_type #=> String, one of "url"
resp.key_count #=> Integer
resp.continuation_token #=> String
resp.next_continuation_token #=> String
resp.start_after #=> String

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

Bucket name to list.

When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see [Using Access Points] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

When using this API with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [Using S3 on Outposts] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3onOutposts.html
:delimiter (String) —

A delimiter is a character you use to group keys.
:encoding_type (String) —

Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response.
:max_keys (Integer) —

Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default the API returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys but will never contain more.
:prefix (String) —

Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix.
:continuation_token (String) —

ContinuationToken indicates Amazon S3 that the list is being continued on this bucket with a token. ContinuationToken is obfuscated and is not a real key.
:fetch_owner (Boolean) —

The owner field is not present in listV2 by default, if you want to return owner field with each key in the result then set the fetch owner field to true.
:start_after (String) —

StartAfter is where you want Amazon S3 to start listing from. Amazon S3 starts listing after this specified key. StartAfter can be any key in the bucket.
:request_payer (String) —

Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the list objects request in V2 style. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::ListObjectsV2Output) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #is_truncated => Boolean
- #contents => Array<Types::Object>
- #name => String
- #prefix => String
- #delimiter => String
- #max_keys => Integer
- #common_prefixes => Array<Types::CommonPrefix>
- #encoding_type => String
- #key_count => Integer
- #continuation_token => String
- #next_continuation_token => String
- #start_after => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 7876

def list_objects_v2(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:list_objects_v2, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#list_parts(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::ListPartsOutput`

Lists the parts that have been uploaded for a specific multipart upload. This operation must include the upload ID, which you obtain by sending the initiate multipart upload request (see [CreateMultipartUpload]). This request returns a maximum of 1,000 uploaded parts. The default number of parts returned is 1,000 parts. You can restrict the number of parts returned by specifying the ‘max-parts` request parameter. If your multipart upload consists of more than 1,000 parts, the response returns an `IsTruncated` field with the value of true, and a `NextPartNumberMarker` element. In subsequent `ListParts` requests you can include the part-number-marker query string parameter and set its value to the `NextPartNumberMarker` field value from the previous response.

For more information on multipart uploads, see [Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload].

For information on permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see [Multipart Upload API and Permissions].

The following operations are related to ‘ListParts`:

CreateMultipartUpload][1
UploadPart][4
CompleteMultipartUpload][5
AbortMultipartUpload][6
ListMultipartUploads][7

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html [6]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html [7]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListMultipartUploads.html

The returned response is a pageable response and is Enumerable. For details on usage see PageableResponse.

Examples:

Example: To list parts of a multipart upload.


# The following example lists parts uploaded for a specific multipart upload.

resp = client.list_parts({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  key: "bigobject", 
  upload_id: "example7YPBOJuoFiQ9cz4P3Pe6FIZwO4f7wN93uHsNBEw97pl5eNwzExg0LAT2dUN91cOmrEQHDsP3WA60CEg--", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  initiator: {
    display_name: "owner-display-name", 
    id: "examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc", 
  }, 
  owner: {
    display_name: "owner-display-name", 
    id: "examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc", 
  }, 
  parts: [
    {
      etag: "\"d8c2eafd90c266e19ab9dcacc479f8af\"", 
      last_modified: Time.parse("2016-12-16T00:11:42.000Z"), 
      part_number: 1, 
      size: 26246026, 
    }, 
    {
      etag: "\"d8c2eafd90c266e19ab9dcacc479f8af\"", 
      last_modified: Time.parse("2016-12-16T00:15:01.000Z"), 
      part_number: 2, 
      size: 26246026, 
    }, 
  ], 
  storage_class: "STANDARD", 
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.list_parts({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  key: "ObjectKey", # required
  max_parts: 1,
  part_number_marker: 1,
  upload_id: "MultipartUploadId", # required
  request_payer: "requester", # accepts requester
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.abort_date #=> Time
resp.abort_rule_id #=> String
resp.bucket #=> String
resp.key #=> String
resp.upload_id #=> String
resp.part_number_marker #=> Integer
resp.next_part_number_marker #=> Integer
resp.max_parts #=> Integer
resp.is_truncated #=> Boolean
resp.parts #=> Array
resp.parts[0].part_number #=> Integer
resp.parts[0].last_modified #=> Time
resp.parts[0].etag #=> String
resp.parts[0].size #=> Integer
resp.initiator.id #=> String
resp.initiator.display_name #=> String
resp.owner.display_name #=> String
resp.owner.id #=> String
resp.storage_class #=> String, one of "STANDARD", "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY", "STANDARD_IA", "ONEZONE_IA", "INTELLIGENT_TIERING", "GLACIER", "DEEP_ARCHIVE", "OUTPOSTS"
resp.request_charged #=> String, one of "requester"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket to which the parts are being uploaded.

When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see [Using Access Points] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

When using this API with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [Using S3 on Outposts] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3onOutposts.html
:key (required, String) —

Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
:max_parts (Integer) —

Sets the maximum number of parts to return.
:part_number_marker (Integer) —

Specifies the part after which listing should begin. Only parts with higher part numbers will be listed.
:upload_id (required, String) —

Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed.
:request_payer (String) —

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requestor Pays Buckets] in the *Amazon S3 Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::ListPartsOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #abort_date => Time
- #abort_rule_id => String
- #bucket => String
- #key => String
- #upload_id => String
- #part_number_marker => Integer
- #next_part_number_marker => Integer
- #max_parts => Integer
- #is_truncated => Boolean
- #parts => Array<Types::Part>
- #initiator => Types::Initiator
- #owner => Types::Owner
- #storage_class => String
- #request_charged => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 8073

def list_parts(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:list_parts, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#put_bucket_accelerate_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

Sets the accelerate configuration of an existing bucket. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to Amazon S3.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations] and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources].

The Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket can be set to one of the following two values:

Enabled – Enables accelerated data transfers to the bucket.
Suspended – Disables accelerated data transfers to the bucket.

The [GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration] operation returns the transfer acceleration state of a bucket.

After setting the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket to Enabled, it might take up to thirty minutes before the data transfer rates to the bucket increase.

The name of the bucket used for Transfer Acceleration must be DNS-compliant and must not contain periods (“.”).

For more information about transfer acceleration, see [Transfer Acceleration].

The following operations are related to ‘PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration`:

GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration][3
CreateBucket][5

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.put_bucket_accelerate_configuration({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  accelerate_configuration: { # required
    status: "Enabled", # accepts Enabled, Suspended
  },
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is set.
:accelerate_configuration (required, Types::AccelerateConfiguration) —

Container for setting the transfer acceleration state.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 8151

def put_bucket_accelerate_configuration(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:put_bucket_accelerate_configuration, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#put_bucket_acl(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

Sets the permissions on an existing bucket using access control lists (ACL). For more information, see [Using ACLs]. To set the ACL of a bucket, you must have ‘WRITE_ACP` permission.

You can use one of the following two ways to set a bucket’s permissions:

Specify the ACL in the request body
Specify permissions using request headers

<note markdown=“1”> You cannot specify access permission using both the body and the request headers.

</note>

Depending on your application needs, you may choose to set the ACL on a bucket using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, then you can continue to use that approach.

**Access Permissions**

You can set access permissions using one of the following methods:

Specify a canned ACL with the ‘x-amz-acl` request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as *canned ACLs*. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of `x-amz-acl`. If you use this header, you cannot use other access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see [Canned ACL].
Specify access permissions explicitly with the ‘x-amz-grant-read`, `x-amz-grant-read-acp`, `x-amz-grant-write-acp`, and `x-amz-grant-full-control` headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (AWS accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use the `x-amz-acl` header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see [Access Control List (ACL) Overview].

You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:
- ‘id` – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an AWS account
- ‘uri` – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group
- ‘emailAddress` – if the value specified is the email address of an AWS account
  
  <note markdown=“1”> Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
```
* US East (N. Virginia)
```
  - US West (N. California)
  - US West (Oregon)
  - Asia Pacific (Singapore)
  - Asia Pacific (Sydney)
  - Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
  - Europe (Ireland)
  - South America (São Paulo)
```
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints,
```
  see [Regions and Endpoints] in the AWS General Reference.
```
</note>
```
For example, the following ‘x-amz-grant-write` header grants create, overwrite, and delete objects permission to LogDelivery group predefined by Amazon S3 and two AWS accounts identified by their email addresses.

‘x-amz-grant-write: uri=“acs.amazonaws.com/groups/s3/LogDelivery”, id=“111122223333”, id=“555566667777” `

You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.

**Grantee Values**

You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you’re assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:

By the person’s ID:

‘<Grantee xmlns:xsi=“www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance” xsi:type=“CanonicalUser”><ID><>ID<></ID><DisplayName><>GranteesEmail<></DisplayName> </Grantee>`

DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request
By URI:

‘<Grantee xmlns:xsi=“www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance” xsi:type=“Group”><URI><>acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<></URI></Grantee>`
By Email address:

‘<Grantee xmlns:xsi=“www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance” xsi:type=“AmazonCustomerByEmail”><EmailAddress><>[email protected]<></EmailAddress>lt;/Grantee>`

The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.

<note markdown=“1”> Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
```
* US East (N. Virginia)
```
- US West (N. California)
- US West (Oregon)
- Asia Pacific (Singapore)
- Asia Pacific (Sydney)
- Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
- Europe (Ireland)
- South America (São Paulo)
```
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see
```
Regions and Endpoints][4

in the AWS General Reference.
```
</note>
```

**Related Resources**

CreateBucket][5
DeleteBucket][6
GetObjectAcl][7

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html [6]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucket.html [7]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAcl.html

Examples:

Example: Put bucket acl


# The following example replaces existing ACL on a bucket. The ACL grants the bucket owner (specified using the owner ID)
# and write permission to the LogDelivery group. Because this is a replace operation, you must specify all the grants in
# your request. To incrementally add or remove ACL grants, you might use the console.

resp = client.put_bucket_acl({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  grant_full_control: "id=examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484", 
  grant_write: "uri=http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/s3/LogDelivery", 
})

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.put_bucket_acl({
  acl: "private", # accepts private, public-read, public-read-write, authenticated-read
  access_control_policy: {
    grants: [
      {
        grantee: {
          display_name: "DisplayName",
          email_address: "EmailAddress",
          id: "ID",
          type: "CanonicalUser", # required, accepts CanonicalUser, AmazonCustomerByEmail, Group
          uri: "URI",
        },
        permission: "FULL_CONTROL", # accepts FULL_CONTROL, WRITE, WRITE_ACP, READ, READ_ACP
      },
    ],
    owner: {
      display_name: "DisplayName",
      id: "ID",
    },
  },
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  content_md5: "ContentMD5",
  grant_full_control: "GrantFullControl",
  grant_read: "GrantRead",
  grant_read_acp: "GrantReadACP",
  grant_write: "GrantWrite",
  grant_write_acp: "GrantWriteACP",
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:acl (String) —

The canned ACL to apply to the bucket.
:access_control_policy (Types::AccessControlPolicy) —

Contains the elements that set the ACL permissions for an object per grantee.
:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket to which to apply the ACL.
:content_md5 (String) —

The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. This header must be used as a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in transit. For more information, go to [RFC 1864.]

For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.

[1]: www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt
:grant_full_control (String) —

Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the bucket.
:grant_read (String) —

Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket.
:grant_read_acp (String) —

Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL.
:grant_write (String) —

Allows grantee to create, overwrite, and delete any object in the bucket.
:grant_write_acp (String) —

Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 8408

def put_bucket_acl(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:put_bucket_acl, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#put_bucket_analytics_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

Sets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics configuration ID). You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket.

You can choose to have storage class analysis export analysis reports sent to a comma-separated values (CSV) flat file. See the ‘DataExport` request element. Reports are updated daily and are based on the object filters that you configure. When selecting data export, you specify a destination bucket and an optional destination prefix where the file is written. You can export the data to a destination bucket in a different account. However, the destination bucket must be in the same Region as the bucket that you are making the PUT analytics configuration to. For more information, see [Amazon S3 Analytics –Storage Class Analysis].

You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket where the exported file is written to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket. For an example policy, see [Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis].

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the ‘s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration` action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations] and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources].

**Special Errors**

- *HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request*
- *Code: InvalidArgument*
- *Cause: Invalid argument.*
- *HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request*
- *Code: TooManyConfigurations*
- *Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.*
- *HTTP Error: HTTP 403 Forbidden*
- *Code: AccessDenied*
- *Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.*

**Related Resources**

GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration][5
DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration][6
ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations][7

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/example-bucket-policies.html#example-bucket-policies-use-case-9 [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html [6]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html [7]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.put_bucket_analytics_configuration({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  id: "AnalyticsId", # required
  analytics_configuration: { # required
    id: "AnalyticsId", # required
    filter: {
      prefix: "Prefix",
      tag: {
        key: "ObjectKey", # required
        value: "Value", # required
      },
      and: {
        prefix: "Prefix",
        tags: [
          {
            key: "ObjectKey", # required
            value: "Value", # required
          },
        ],
      },
    },
    storage_class_analysis: { # required
      data_export: {
        output_schema_version: "V_1", # required, accepts V_1
        destination: { # required
          s3_bucket_destination: { # required
            format: "CSV", # required, accepts CSV
            bucket_account_id: "AccountId",
            bucket: "BucketName", # required
            prefix: "Prefix",
          },
        },
      },
    },
  },
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket to which an analytics configuration is stored.
:id (required, String) —

The ID that identifies the analytics configuration.
:analytics_configuration (required, Types::AnalyticsConfiguration) —

The configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 8541

def put_bucket_analytics_configuration(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:put_bucket_analytics_configuration, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#put_bucket_cors(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

Sets the ‘cors` configuration for your bucket. If the configuration exists, Amazon S3 replaces it.

To use this operation, you must be allowed to perform the ‘s3:PutBucketCORS` action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others.

You set this configuration on a bucket so that the bucket can service cross-origin requests. For example, you might want to enable a request whose origin is ‘www.example.com` to access your Amazon S3 bucket at `my.example.bucket.com` by using the browser’s ‘XMLHttpRequest` capability.

To enable cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) on a bucket, you add the ‘cors` subresource to the bucket. The `cors` subresource is an XML document in which you configure rules that identify origins and the HTTP methods that can be executed on your bucket. The document is limited to 64 KB in size.

When Amazon S3 receives a cross-origin request (or a pre-flight OPTIONS request) against a bucket, it evaluates the ‘cors` configuration on the bucket and uses the first `CORSRule` rule that matches the incoming browser request to enable a cross-origin request. For a rule to match, the following conditions must be met:

The request’s ‘Origin` header must match `AllowedOrigin` elements.
The request method (for example, GET, PUT, HEAD, and so on) or the ‘Access-Control-Request-Method` header in case of a pre-flight `OPTIONS` request must be one of the `AllowedMethod` elements.
Every header specified in the ‘Access-Control-Request-Headers` request header of a pre-flight request must match an `AllowedHeader` element.

For more information about CORS, go to [Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

**Related Resources**

GetBucketCors][2
DeleteBucketCors][3
RESTOPTIONSobject][4

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketCors.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketCors.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTOPTIONSobject.html

Examples:

Example: To set cors configuration on a bucket.


# The following example enables PUT, POST, and DELETE requests from www.example.com, and enables GET requests from any
# domain.

resp = client.put_bucket_cors({
  bucket: "", 
  cors_configuration: {
    cors_rules: [
      {
        allowed_headers: [
          "*", 
        ], 
        allowed_methods: [
          "PUT", 
          "POST", 
          "DELETE", 
        ], 
        allowed_origins: [
          "http://www.example.com", 
        ], 
        expose_headers: [
          "x-amz-server-side-encryption", 
        ], 
        max_age_seconds: 3000, 
      }, 
      {
        allowed_headers: [
          "Authorization", 
        ], 
        allowed_methods: [
          "GET", 
        ], 
        allowed_origins: [
          "*", 
        ], 
        max_age_seconds: 3000, 
      }, 
    ], 
  }, 
  content_md5: "", 
})

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.put_bucket_cors({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  cors_configuration: { # required
    cors_rules: [ # required
      {
        allowed_headers: ["AllowedHeader"],
        allowed_methods: ["AllowedMethod"], # required
        allowed_origins: ["AllowedOrigin"], # required
        expose_headers: ["ExposeHeader"],
        max_age_seconds: 1,
      },
    ],
  },
  content_md5: "ContentMD5",
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

Specifies the bucket impacted by the ‘cors`configuration.
:cors_configuration (required, Types::CORSConfiguration) —

Describes the cross-origin access configuration for objects in an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see [Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html
:content_md5 (String) —

The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. This header must be used as a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in transit. For more information, go to [RFC 1864.]

For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.

[1]: www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 8698

def put_bucket_cors(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:put_bucket_cors, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#put_bucket_encryption(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

This operation uses the ‘encryption` subresource to configure default encryption and Amazon S3 Bucket Key for an existing bucket.

Default encryption for a bucket can use server-side encryption with Amazon S3-managed keys (SSE-S3) or AWS KMS customer master keys (SSE-KMS). If you specify default encryption using SSE-KMS, you can also configure Amazon S3 Bucket Key. For information about default encryption, see [Amazon S3 default bucket encryption] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*. For more information about S3 Bucket Keys, see [Amazon S3 Bucket Keys] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

This operation requires AWS Signature Version 4. For more information, see [ Authenticating Requests (AWS Signature Version 4)](sig-v4-authenticating-requests.html).

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the ‘s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration` action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations] and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources] in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.

**Related Resources**

GetBucketEncryption][5
DeleteBucketEncryption][6

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-key.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketEncryption.html [6]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketEncryption.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.put_bucket_encryption({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  content_md5: "ContentMD5",
  server_side_encryption_configuration: { # required
    rules: [ # required
      {
        apply_server_side_encryption_by_default: {
          sse_algorithm: "AES256", # required, accepts AES256, aws:kms
          kms_master_key_id: "SSEKMSKeyId",
        },
        bucket_key_enabled: false,
      },
    ],
  },
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

Specifies default encryption for a bucket using server-side encryption with Amazon S3-managed keys (SSE-S3) or customer master keys stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS). For information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature, see [Amazon S3 Default Bucket Encryption] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html
:content_md5 (String) —

The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the server-side encryption configuration.

For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.
:server_side_encryption_configuration (required, Types::ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) —

Specifies the default server-side-encryption configuration.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 8793

def put_bucket_encryption(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:put_bucket_encryption, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#put_bucket_intelligent_tiering_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

Puts a S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration to the specified bucket.

The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without additional operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings by moving data between access tiers, when access patterns change.

The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is suitable for objects larger than 128 KB that you plan to store for at least 30 days. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the frequent access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.

If you delete an object before the end of the 30-day minimum storage duration period, you are charged for 30 days. For more information, see [Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects].

Operations related to ‘PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration` include:

DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration][2
GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration][3
ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations][4

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.put_bucket_intelligent_tiering_configuration({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  id: "IntelligentTieringId", # required
  intelligent_tiering_configuration: { # required
    id: "IntelligentTieringId", # required
    filter: {
      prefix: "Prefix",
      tag: {
        key: "ObjectKey", # required
        value: "Value", # required
      },
      and: {
        prefix: "Prefix",
        tags: [
          {
            key: "ObjectKey", # required
            value: "Value", # required
          },
        ],
      },
    },
    status: "Enabled", # required, accepts Enabled, Disabled
    tierings: [ # required
      {
        days: 1, # required
        access_tier: "ARCHIVE_ACCESS", # required, accepts ARCHIVE_ACCESS, DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS
      },
    ],
  },
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose configuration you want to modify or retrieve.
:id (required, String) —

The ID used to identify the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration.
:intelligent_tiering_configuration (required, Types::IntelligentTieringConfiguration) —

Container for S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 8883

def put_bucket_intelligent_tiering_configuration(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:put_bucket_intelligent_tiering_configuration, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#put_bucket_inventory_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

This implementation of the ‘PUT` operation adds an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) to the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 inventory configurations per bucket.

Amazon S3 inventory generates inventories of the objects in the bucket on a daily or weekly basis, and the results are published to a flat file. The bucket that is inventoried is called the source bucket, and the bucket where the inventory flat file is stored is called the destination bucket. The destination bucket must be in the same AWS Region as the source bucket.

When you configure an inventory for a source bucket, you specify the destination bucket where you want the inventory to be stored, and whether to generate the inventory daily or weekly. You can also configure what object metadata to include and whether to inventory all object versions or only current versions. For more information, see

Amazon S3 Inventory][1: in the Amazon Simple Storage Service

Developer Guide.

You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket in the defined location. For an example policy, see [ Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis].

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the ‘s3:PutInventoryConfiguration` action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations] and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources] in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.

**Special Errors**

**HTTP 400 Bad Request Error**
- Code: InvalidArgument
- Cause: Invalid Argument
**HTTP 400 Bad Request Error**
- Code: TooManyConfigurations
- Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.
**HTTP 403 Forbidden Error**
- Code: AccessDenied
- Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the ‘s3:PutInventoryConfiguration` bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.

**Related Resources**

GetBucketInventoryConfiguration][5
DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration][6
ListBucketInventoryConfigurations][7

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/example-bucket-policies.html#example-bucket-policies-use-case-9 [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketInventoryConfiguration.html [6]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration.html [7]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketInventoryConfigurations.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.put_bucket_inventory_configuration({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  id: "InventoryId", # required
  inventory_configuration: { # required
    destination: { # required
      s3_bucket_destination: { # required
        account_id: "AccountId",
        bucket: "BucketName", # required
        format: "CSV", # required, accepts CSV, ORC, Parquet
        prefix: "Prefix",
        encryption: {
          sses3: {
          },
          ssekms: {
            key_id: "SSEKMSKeyId", # required
          },
        },
      },
    },
    is_enabled: false, # required
    filter: {
      prefix: "Prefix", # required
    },
    id: "InventoryId", # required
    included_object_versions: "All", # required, accepts All, Current
    optional_fields: ["Size"], # accepts Size, LastModifiedDate, StorageClass, ETag, IsMultipartUploaded, ReplicationStatus, EncryptionStatus, ObjectLockRetainUntilDate, ObjectLockMode, ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus, IntelligentTieringAccessTier
    schedule: { # required
      frequency: "Daily", # required, accepts Daily, Weekly
    },
  },
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket where the inventory configuration will be stored.
:id (required, String) —

The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
:inventory_configuration (required, Types::InventoryConfiguration) —

Specifies the inventory configuration.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 9017

def put_bucket_inventory_configuration(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:put_bucket_inventory_configuration, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#put_bucket_lifecycle(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

For an updated version of this API, see [PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration]. This version has been deprecated. Existing lifecycle configurations will work. For new lifecycle configurations, use the updated API.

Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see [Object Lifecycle Management] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

By default, all Amazon S3 resources, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration) are private. Only the resource owner, the AWS account that created the resource, can access it. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, users must get the ‘s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration` permission.

You can also explicitly deny permissions. Explicit denial also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to prevent users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions:

‘s3:DeleteObject`
‘s3:DeleteObjectVersion`
‘s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration`

For more information about permissions, see [Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

For more examples of transitioning objects to storage classes such as STANDARD_IA or ONEZONE_IA, see [Examples of Lifecycle Configuration].

**Related Resources**

[GetBucketLifecycle](Deprecated)
GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration][6
RestoreObject][7
By default, a resource owner—in this case, a bucket owner, which is the AWS account that created the bucket—can perform any of the operations. A resource owner can also grant others permission to perform the operation. For more information, see the following topics in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide:
- Specifying Permissions in a Policy][8
- Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources][3

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.put_bucket_lifecycle({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  content_md5: "ContentMD5",
  lifecycle_configuration: {
    rules: [ # required
      {
        expiration: {
          date: Time.now,
          days: 1,
          expired_object_delete_marker: false,
        },
        id: "ID",
        prefix: "Prefix", # required
        status: "Enabled", # required, accepts Enabled, Disabled
        transition: {
          date: Time.now,
          days: 1,
          storage_class: "GLACIER", # accepts GLACIER, STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, DEEP_ARCHIVE
        },
        noncurrent_version_transition: {
          noncurrent_days: 1,
          storage_class: "GLACIER", # accepts GLACIER, STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, DEEP_ARCHIVE
        },
        noncurrent_version_expiration: {
          noncurrent_days: 1,
        },
        abort_incomplete_multipart_upload: {
          days_after_initiation: 1,
        },
      },
    ],
  },
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String)
:content_md5 (String) —

For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.
:lifecycle_configuration (Types::LifecycleConfiguration)
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 9144

def put_bucket_lifecycle(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:put_bucket_lifecycle, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#put_bucket_lifecycle_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources].

<note markdown=“1”> Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is supported for backward compatibility. For the related API description, see [PutBucketLifecycle].

</note>

Rules

You specify the lifecycle configuration in your request body. The lifecycle configuration is specified as XML consisting of one or more rules. Each rule consists of the following:

Filter identifying a subset of objects to which the rule applies. The filter can be based on a key name prefix, object tags, or a combination of both.
Status whether the rule is in effect.
One or more lifecycle transition and expiration actions that you want Amazon S3 to perform on the objects identified by the filter. If the state of your bucket is versioning-enabled or versioning-suspended, you can have many versions of the same object (one current version and zero or more noncurrent versions). Amazon S3 provides predefined actions that you can specify for current and noncurrent object versions.

For more information, see [Object Lifecycle Management] and [Lifecycle Configuration Elements].

Permissions

By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the AWS account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a user must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission.

You can also explicitly deny permissions. Explicit deny also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions:

s3:DeleteObject
s3:DeleteObjectVersion
s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration

For more information about permissions, see [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources].

The following are related to ‘PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration`:

Examples of Lifecycle Configuration][5
GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration][6
DeleteBucketLifecycle][7

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycle.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/lifecycle-configuration-examples.html [6]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html [7]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketLifecycle.html

Examples:

Example: Put bucket lifecycle


# The following example replaces existing lifecycle configuration, if any, on the specified bucket. 

resp = client.put_bucket_lifecycle_configuration({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  lifecycle_configuration: {
    rules: [
      {
        expiration: {
          days: 3650, 
        }, 
        filter: {
          prefix: "documents/", 
        }, 
        id: "TestOnly", 
        status: "Enabled", 
        transitions: [
          {
            days: 365, 
            storage_class: "GLACIER", 
          }, 
        ], 
      }, 
    ], 
  }, 
})

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.put_bucket_lifecycle_configuration({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  lifecycle_configuration: {
    rules: [ # required
      {
        expiration: {
          date: Time.now,
          days: 1,
          expired_object_delete_marker: false,
        },
        id: "ID",
        prefix: "Prefix",
        filter: {
          prefix: "Prefix",
          tag: {
            key: "ObjectKey", # required
            value: "Value", # required
          },
          and: {
            prefix: "Prefix",
            tags: [
              {
                key: "ObjectKey", # required
                value: "Value", # required
              },
            ],
          },
        },
        status: "Enabled", # required, accepts Enabled, Disabled
        transitions: [
          {
            date: Time.now,
            days: 1,
            storage_class: "GLACIER", # accepts GLACIER, STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, DEEP_ARCHIVE
          },
        ],
        noncurrent_version_transitions: [
          {
            noncurrent_days: 1,
            storage_class: "GLACIER", # accepts GLACIER, STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, DEEP_ARCHIVE
          },
        ],
        noncurrent_version_expiration: {
          noncurrent_days: 1,
        },
        abort_incomplete_multipart_upload: {
          days_after_initiation: 1,
        },
      },
    ],
  },
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket for which to set the configuration.
:lifecycle_configuration (Types::BucketLifecycleConfiguration) —

Container for lifecycle rules. You can add as many as 1,000 rules.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 9331

def put_bucket_lifecycle_configuration(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:put_bucket_lifecycle_configuration, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#put_bucket_logging(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

Set the logging parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions for who can view and modify the logging parameters. All logs are saved to buckets in the same AWS Region as the source bucket. To set the logging status of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner.

The bucket owner is automatically granted FULL_CONTROL to all logs. You use the ‘Grantee` request element to grant access to other people. The `Permissions` request element specifies the kind of access the grantee has to the logs.

**Grantee Values**

You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you’re assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:

By the person’s ID:

‘<Grantee xmlns:xsi=“www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance” xsi:type=“CanonicalUser”><ID><>ID<></ID><DisplayName><>GranteesEmail<></DisplayName> </Grantee>`

DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request.
By Email address:

‘ <Grantee xmlns:xsi=“www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance” xsi:type=“AmazonCustomerByEmail”><EmailAddress><>[email protected]<></EmailAddress></Grantee>`

The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.
By URI:

‘<Grantee xmlns:xsi=“www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance” xsi:type=“Group”><URI><>acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<></URI></Grantee>`

To enable logging, you use LoggingEnabled and its children request elements. To disable logging, you use an empty BucketLoggingStatus request element:

‘<BucketLoggingStatus xmlns=“doc.s3.amazonaws.com/2006-03-01” />`

For more information about server access logging, see [Server Access Logging].

For more information about creating a bucket, see [CreateBucket]. For more information about returning the logging status of a bucket, see [GetBucketLogging].

The following operations are related to ‘PutBucketLogging`:

PutObject][4
DeleteBucket][5
CreateBucket][2
GetBucketLogging][3

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerLogs.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLogging.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucket.html

Examples:

Example: Set logging configuration for a bucket


# The following example sets logging policy on a bucket. For the Log Delivery group to deliver logs to the destination
# bucket, it needs permission for the READ_ACP action which the policy grants.

resp = client.put_bucket_logging({
  bucket: "sourcebucket", 
  bucket_logging_status: {
    logging_enabled: {
      target_bucket: "targetbucket", 
      target_grants: [
        {
          grantee: {
            type: "Group", 
            uri: "http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AllUsers", 
          }, 
          permission: "READ", 
        }, 
      ], 
      target_prefix: "MyBucketLogs/", 
    }, 
  }, 
})

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.put_bucket_logging({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  bucket_logging_status: { # required
    logging_enabled: {
      target_bucket: "TargetBucket", # required
      target_grants: [
        {
          grantee: {
            display_name: "DisplayName",
            email_address: "EmailAddress",
            id: "ID",
            type: "CanonicalUser", # required, accepts CanonicalUser, AmazonCustomerByEmail, Group
            uri: "URI",
          },
          permission: "FULL_CONTROL", # accepts FULL_CONTROL, READ, WRITE
        },
      ],
      target_prefix: "TargetPrefix", # required
    },
  },
  content_md5: "ContentMD5",
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket for which to set the logging parameters.
:bucket_logging_status (required, Types::BucketLoggingStatus) —

Container for logging status information.
:content_md5 (String) —

The MD5 hash of the ‘PutBucketLogging` request body.

For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 9478

def put_bucket_logging(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:put_bucket_logging, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#put_bucket_metrics_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

Sets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 metrics configurations per bucket. If you’re updating an existing metrics configuration, note that this is a full replacement of the existing metrics configuration. If you don’t include the elements you want to keep, they are erased.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the ‘s3:PutMetricsConfiguration` action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations] and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources].

For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see [Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch].

The following operations are related to ‘PutBucketMetricsConfiguration`:

DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration][4
PutBucketMetricsConfiguration][5
ListBucketMetricsConfigurations][6

‘GetBucketLifecycle` has the following special error:

Error code: ‘TooManyConfigurations`
- Description: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.
- HTTP Status Code: HTTP 400 Bad Request

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketMetricsConfiguration.html [6]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketMetricsConfigurations.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.put_bucket_metrics_configuration({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  id: "MetricsId", # required
  metrics_configuration: { # required
    id: "MetricsId", # required
    filter: {
      prefix: "Prefix",
      tag: {
        key: "ObjectKey", # required
        value: "Value", # required
      },
      and: {
        prefix: "Prefix",
        tags: [
          {
            key: "ObjectKey", # required
            value: "Value", # required
          },
        ],
      },
    },
  },
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket for which the metrics configuration is set.
:id (required, String) —

The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
:metrics_configuration (required, Types::MetricsConfiguration) —

Specifies the metrics configuration.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 9574

def put_bucket_metrics_configuration(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:put_bucket_metrics_configuration, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#put_bucket_notification(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

No longer used, see the [PutBucketNotificationConfiguration] operation.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketNotificationConfiguration.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.put_bucket_notification({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  content_md5: "ContentMD5",
  notification_configuration: { # required
    topic_configuration: {
      id: "NotificationId",
      events: ["s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject"], # accepts s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject, s3:ObjectCreated:*, s3:ObjectCreated:Put, s3:ObjectCreated:Post, s3:ObjectCreated:Copy, s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload, s3:ObjectRemoved:*, s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete, s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated, s3:ObjectRestore:*, s3:ObjectRestore:Post, s3:ObjectRestore:Completed, s3:Replication:*, s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication, s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked, s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold, s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold
      event: "s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject", # accepts s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject, s3:ObjectCreated:*, s3:ObjectCreated:Put, s3:ObjectCreated:Post, s3:ObjectCreated:Copy, s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload, s3:ObjectRemoved:*, s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete, s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated, s3:ObjectRestore:*, s3:ObjectRestore:Post, s3:ObjectRestore:Completed, s3:Replication:*, s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication, s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked, s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold, s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold
      topic: "TopicArn",
    },
    queue_configuration: {
      id: "NotificationId",
      event: "s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject", # accepts s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject, s3:ObjectCreated:*, s3:ObjectCreated:Put, s3:ObjectCreated:Post, s3:ObjectCreated:Copy, s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload, s3:ObjectRemoved:*, s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete, s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated, s3:ObjectRestore:*, s3:ObjectRestore:Post, s3:ObjectRestore:Completed, s3:Replication:*, s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication, s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked, s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold, s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold
      events: ["s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject"], # accepts s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject, s3:ObjectCreated:*, s3:ObjectCreated:Put, s3:ObjectCreated:Post, s3:ObjectCreated:Copy, s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload, s3:ObjectRemoved:*, s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete, s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated, s3:ObjectRestore:*, s3:ObjectRestore:Post, s3:ObjectRestore:Completed, s3:Replication:*, s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication, s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked, s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold, s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold
      queue: "QueueArn",
    },
    cloud_function_configuration: {
      id: "NotificationId",
      event: "s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject", # accepts s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject, s3:ObjectCreated:*, s3:ObjectCreated:Put, s3:ObjectCreated:Post, s3:ObjectCreated:Copy, s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload, s3:ObjectRemoved:*, s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete, s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated, s3:ObjectRestore:*, s3:ObjectRestore:Post, s3:ObjectRestore:Completed, s3:Replication:*, s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication, s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked, s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold, s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold
      events: ["s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject"], # accepts s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject, s3:ObjectCreated:*, s3:ObjectCreated:Put, s3:ObjectCreated:Post, s3:ObjectCreated:Copy, s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload, s3:ObjectRemoved:*, s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete, s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated, s3:ObjectRestore:*, s3:ObjectRestore:Post, s3:ObjectRestore:Completed, s3:Replication:*, s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication, s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked, s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold, s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold
      cloud_function: "CloudFunction",
      invocation_role: "CloudFunctionInvocationRole",
    },
  },
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket.
:content_md5 (String) —

The MD5 hash of the ‘PutPublicAccessBlock` request body.

For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.
:notification_configuration (required, Types::NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) —

The container for the configuration.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 9638

def put_bucket_notification(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:put_bucket_notification, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#put_bucket_notification_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. For more information about event notifications, see [Configuring Event Notifications].

Using this API, you can replace an existing notification configuration. The configuration is an XML file that defines the event types that you want Amazon S3 to publish and the destination where you want Amazon S3 to publish an event notification when it detects an event of the specified type.

By default, your bucket has no event notifications configured. That is, the notification configuration will be an empty ‘NotificationConfiguration`.

‘<NotificationConfiguration>`

‘</NotificationConfiguration>`

This operation replaces the existing notification configuration with the configuration you include in the request body.

After Amazon S3 receives this request, it first verifies that any Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) or Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) destination exists, and that the bucket owner has permission to publish to it by sending a test notification. In the case of AWS Lambda destinations, Amazon S3 verifies that the Lambda function permissions grant Amazon S3 permission to invoke the function from the Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see [Configuring Notifications for Amazon S3 Events].

You can disable notifications by adding the empty NotificationConfiguration element.

By default, only the bucket owner can configure notifications on a bucket. However, bucket owners can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to set this configuration with ‘s3:PutBucketNotification` permission.

<note markdown=“1”> The PUT notification is an atomic operation. For example, suppose your notification configuration includes SNS topic, SQS queue, and Lambda function configurations. When you send a PUT request with this configuration, Amazon S3 sends test messages to your SNS topic. If the message fails, the entire PUT operation will fail, and Amazon S3 will not add the configuration to your bucket.

</note>

Responses

If the configuration in the request body includes only one ‘TopicConfiguration` specifying only the `s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject` event type, the response will also include the `x-amz-sns-test-message-id` header containing the message ID of the test notification sent to the topic.

The following operation is related to ‘PutBucketNotificationConfiguration`:

GetBucketNotificationConfiguration][2

^

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketNotificationConfiguration.html

Examples:

Example: Set notification configuration for a bucket


# The following example sets notification configuration on a bucket to publish the object created events to an SNS topic.

resp = client.put_bucket_notification_configuration({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  notification_configuration: {
    topic_configurations: [
      {
        events: [
          "s3:ObjectCreated:*", 
        ], 
        topic_arn: "arn:aws:sns:us-west-2:123456789012:s3-notification-topic", 
      }, 
    ], 
  }, 
})

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.put_bucket_notification_configuration({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  notification_configuration: { # required
    topic_configurations: [
      {
        id: "NotificationId",
        topic_arn: "TopicArn", # required
        events: ["s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject"], # required, accepts s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject, s3:ObjectCreated:*, s3:ObjectCreated:Put, s3:ObjectCreated:Post, s3:ObjectCreated:Copy, s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload, s3:ObjectRemoved:*, s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete, s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated, s3:ObjectRestore:*, s3:ObjectRestore:Post, s3:ObjectRestore:Completed, s3:Replication:*, s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication, s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked, s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold, s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold
        filter: {
          key: {
            filter_rules: [
              {
                name: "prefix", # accepts prefix, suffix
                value: "FilterRuleValue",
              },
            ],
          },
        },
      },
    ],
    queue_configurations: [
      {
        id: "NotificationId",
        queue_arn: "QueueArn", # required
        events: ["s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject"], # required, accepts s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject, s3:ObjectCreated:*, s3:ObjectCreated:Put, s3:ObjectCreated:Post, s3:ObjectCreated:Copy, s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload, s3:ObjectRemoved:*, s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete, s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated, s3:ObjectRestore:*, s3:ObjectRestore:Post, s3:ObjectRestore:Completed, s3:Replication:*, s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication, s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked, s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold, s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold
        filter: {
          key: {
            filter_rules: [
              {
                name: "prefix", # accepts prefix, suffix
                value: "FilterRuleValue",
              },
            ],
          },
        },
      },
    ],
    lambda_function_configurations: [
      {
        id: "NotificationId",
        lambda_function_arn: "LambdaFunctionArn", # required
        events: ["s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject"], # required, accepts s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject, s3:ObjectCreated:*, s3:ObjectCreated:Put, s3:ObjectCreated:Post, s3:ObjectCreated:Copy, s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload, s3:ObjectRemoved:*, s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete, s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated, s3:ObjectRestore:*, s3:ObjectRestore:Post, s3:ObjectRestore:Completed, s3:Replication:*, s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication, s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked, s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold, s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold
        filter: {
          key: {
            filter_rules: [
              {
                name: "prefix", # accepts prefix, suffix
                value: "FilterRuleValue",
              },
            ],
          },
        },
      },
    ],
  },
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket.
:notification_configuration (required, Types::NotificationConfiguration) —

A container for specifying the notification configuration of the bucket. If this element is empty, notifications are turned off for the bucket.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 9808

def put_bucket_notification_configuration(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:put_bucket_notification_configuration, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#put_bucket_ownership_controls(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

Creates or modifies ‘OwnershipControls` for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the `s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls` permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see [Specifying Permissions in a Policy].

For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see [Using Object Ownership].

The following operations are related to ‘PutBucketOwnershipControls`:

GetBucketOwnershipControls
DeleteBucketOwnershipControls

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/about-object-ownership.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.put_bucket_ownership_controls({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  content_md5: "ContentMD5",
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
  ownership_controls: { # required
    rules: [ # required
      {
        object_ownership: "BucketOwnerPreferred", # required, accepts BucketOwnerPreferred, ObjectWriter
      },
    ],
  },
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose ‘OwnershipControls` you want to set.
:content_md5 (String) —

The MD5 hash of the ‘OwnershipControls` request body.

For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.
:ownership_controls (required, Types::OwnershipControls) —

The ‘OwnershipControls` (BucketOwnerPreferred or ObjectWriter) that you want to apply to this Amazon S3 bucket.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 9872

def put_bucket_ownership_controls(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:put_bucket_ownership_controls, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#put_bucket_policy(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket. If you are using an identity other than the root user of the AWS account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must have the ‘PutBucketPolicy` permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner’s account in order to use this operation.

If you don’t have ‘PutBucketPolicy` permissions, Amazon S3 returns a `403 Access Denied` error. If you have the correct permissions, but you’re not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner’s account, Amazon S3 returns a ‘405 Method Not Allowed` error.

As a security precaution, the root user of the AWS account that owns a bucket can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root user the ability to perform this action.

For more information about bucket policies, see [Using Bucket Policies and User Policies].

The following operations are related to ‘PutBucketPolicy`:

CreateBucket][2
DeleteBucket][3

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucket.html

Examples:

Example: Set bucket policy


# The following example sets a permission policy on a bucket.

resp = client.put_bucket_policy({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  policy: "{\"Version\": \"2012-10-17\", \"Statement\": [{ \"Sid\": \"id-1\",\"Effect\": \"Allow\",\"Principal\": {\"AWS\": \"arn:aws:iam::123456789012:root\"}, \"Action\": [ \"s3:PutObject\",\"s3:PutObjectAcl\"], \"Resource\": [\"arn:aws:s3:::acl3/*\" ] } ]}", 
})

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.put_bucket_policy({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  content_md5: "ContentMD5",
  confirm_remove_self_bucket_access: false,
  policy: "Policy", # required
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket.
:content_md5 (String) —

The MD5 hash of the request body.

For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.
:confirm_remove_self_bucket_access (Boolean) —

Set this parameter to true to confirm that you want to remove your permissions to change this bucket policy in the future.
:policy (required, String) —

The bucket policy as a JSON document.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 9954

def put_bucket_policy(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:put_bucket_policy, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#put_bucket_replication(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

Creates a replication configuration or replaces an existing one. For more information, see [Replication] in the *Amazon S3 Developer Guide*.

<note markdown=“1”> To perform this operation, the user or role performing the operation must have the [iam:PassRole] permission.

</note>

Specify the replication configuration in the request body. In the replication configuration, you provide the name of the destination bucket or buckets where you want Amazon S3 to replicate objects, the IAM role that Amazon S3 can assume to replicate objects on your behalf, and other relevant information.

A replication configuration must include at least one rule, and can contain a maximum of 1,000. Each rule identifies a subset of objects to replicate by filtering the objects in the source bucket. To choose additional subsets of objects to replicate, add a rule for each subset.

To specify a subset of the objects in the source bucket to apply a replication rule to, add the Filter element as a child of the Rule element. You can filter objects based on an object key prefix, one or more object tags, or both. When you add the Filter element in the configuration, you must also add the following elements: ‘DeleteMarkerReplication`, `Status`, and `Priority`.

<note markdown=“1”> If you are using an earlier version of the replication configuration, Amazon S3 handles replication of delete markers differently. For more information, see [Backward Compatibility].

</note>

For information about enabling versioning on a bucket, see [Using Versioning].

By default, a resource owner, in this case the AWS account that created the bucket, can perform this operation. The resource owner can also grant others permissions to perform the operation. For more information about permissions, see [Specifying Permissions in a Policy] and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources].

**Handling Replication of Encrypted Objects**

By default, Amazon S3 doesn’t replicate objects that are stored at rest using server-side encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS. To replicate AWS KMS-encrypted objects, add the following: ‘SourceSelectionCriteria`, `SseKmsEncryptedObjects`, `Status`, `EncryptionConfiguration`, and `ReplicaKmsKeyID`. For information about replication configuration, see [Replicating Objects Created with SSE Using CMKs stored in AWS KMS].

For information on ‘PutBucketReplication` errors, see [List of replication-related error codes]

The following operations are related to ‘PutBucketReplication`:

GetBucketReplication][9
DeleteBucketReplication][10

Examples:

Example: Set replication configuration on a bucket


# The following example sets replication configuration on a bucket.

resp = client.put_bucket_replication({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  replication_configuration: {
    role: "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/examplerole", 
    rules: [
      {
        destination: {
          bucket: "arn:aws:s3:::destinationbucket", 
          storage_class: "STANDARD", 
        }, 
        prefix: "", 
        status: "Enabled", 
      }, 
    ], 
  }, 
})

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.put_bucket_replication({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  content_md5: "ContentMD5",
  replication_configuration: { # required
    role: "Role", # required
    rules: [ # required
      {
        id: "ID",
        priority: 1,
        prefix: "Prefix",
        filter: {
          prefix: "Prefix",
          tag: {
            key: "ObjectKey", # required
            value: "Value", # required
          },
          and: {
            prefix: "Prefix",
            tags: [
              {
                key: "ObjectKey", # required
                value: "Value", # required
              },
            ],
          },
        },
        status: "Enabled", # required, accepts Enabled, Disabled
        source_selection_criteria: {
          sse_kms_encrypted_objects: {
            status: "Enabled", # required, accepts Enabled, Disabled
          },
          replica_modifications: {
            status: "Enabled", # required, accepts Enabled, Disabled
          },
        },
        existing_object_replication: {
          status: "Enabled", # required, accepts Enabled, Disabled
        },
        destination: { # required
          bucket: "BucketName", # required
          account: "AccountId",
          storage_class: "STANDARD", # accepts STANDARD, REDUCED_REDUNDANCY, STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE, OUTPOSTS
          access_control_translation: {
            owner: "Destination", # required, accepts Destination
          },
          encryption_configuration: {
            replica_kms_key_id: "ReplicaKmsKeyID",
          },
          replication_time: {
            status: "Enabled", # required, accepts Enabled, Disabled
            time: { # required
              minutes: 1,
            },
          },
          metrics: {
            status: "Enabled", # required, accepts Enabled, Disabled
            event_threshold: {
              minutes: 1,
            },
          },
        },
        delete_marker_replication: {
          status: "Enabled", # accepts Enabled, Disabled
        },
      },
    ],
  },
  token: "ObjectLockToken",
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket
:content_md5 (String) —

The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. You must use this header as a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in transit. For more information, see [RFC 1864].

For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.

[1]: www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt
:replication_configuration (required, Types::ReplicationConfiguration) —

A container for replication rules. You can add up to 1,000 rules. The maximum size of a replication configuration is 2 MB.
:token (String) —

A token to allow Object Lock to be enabled for an existing bucket.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 10163

def put_bucket_replication(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:put_bucket_replication, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#put_bucket_request_payment(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

Sets the request payment configuration for a bucket. By default, the bucket owner pays for downloads from the bucket. This configuration parameter enables the bucket owner (only) to specify that the person requesting the download will be charged for the download. For more information, see [Requester Pays Buckets].

The following operations are related to ‘PutBucketRequestPayment`:

CreateBucket][2
GetBucketRequestPayment][3

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketRequestPayment.html

Examples:

Example: Set request payment configuration on a bucket.


# The following example sets request payment configuration on a bucket so that person requesting the download is charged.

resp = client.put_bucket_request_payment({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  request_payment_configuration: {
    payer: "Requester", 
  }, 
})

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.put_bucket_request_payment({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  content_md5: "ContentMD5",
  request_payment_configuration: { # required
    payer: "Requester", # required, accepts Requester, BucketOwner
  },
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name.
:content_md5 (String) —

>The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. You must use this header as a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in transit. For more information, see [RFC 1864].

For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.

[1]: www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt
:request_payment_configuration (required, Types::RequestPaymentConfiguration) —

Container for Payer.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 10239

def put_bucket_request_payment(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:put_bucket_request_payment, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#put_bucket_tagging(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

Sets the tags for a bucket.

Use tags to organize your AWS bill to reflect your own cost structure. To do this, sign up to get your AWS account bill with tag key values included. Then, to see the cost of combined resources, organize your billing information according to resources with the same tag key values. For example, you can tag several resources with a specific application name, and then organize your billing information to see the total cost of that application across several services. For more information, see [Cost Allocation and Tagging].

<note markdown=“1”> Within a bucket, if you add a tag that has the same key as an existing tag, the new value overwrites the old value. For more information, see [Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags].

</note>

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the ‘s3:PutBucketTagging` action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations] and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources].

‘PutBucketTagging` has the following special errors:

Error code: ‘InvalidTagError`
- Description: The tag provided was not a valid tag. This error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. For information about tag restrictions, see [User-Defined Tag Restrictions] and [AWS-Generated Cost Allocation Tag Restrictions].
^
Error code: ‘MalformedXMLError`
- Description: The XML provided does not match the schema.
^
Error code: ‘OperationAbortedError `
- Description: A conflicting conditional operation is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again.
^
Error code: ‘InternalError`
- Description: The service was unable to apply the provided tag to the bucket.
^

The following operations are related to ‘PutBucketTagging`:

GetBucketTagging][7
DeleteBucketTagging][8

Examples:

Example: Set tags on a bucket


# The following example sets tags on a bucket. Any existing tags are replaced.

resp = client.put_bucket_tagging({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  tagging: {
    tag_set: [
      {
        key: "Key1", 
        value: "Value1", 
      }, 
      {
        key: "Key2", 
        value: "Value2", 
      }, 
    ], 
  }, 
})

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.put_bucket_tagging({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  content_md5: "ContentMD5",
  tagging: { # required
    tag_set: [ # required
      {
        key: "ObjectKey", # required
        value: "Value", # required
      },
    ],
  },
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name.
:content_md5 (String) —

The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. You must use this header as a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in transit. For more information, see [RFC 1864].

For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.

[1]: www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt
:tagging (required, Types::Tagging) —

Container for the ‘TagSet` and `Tag` elements.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 10382

def put_bucket_tagging(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:put_bucket_tagging, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#put_bucket_versioning(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket. To set the versioning state, you must be the bucket owner.

You can set the versioning state with one of the following values:

Enabled—Enables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive a unique version ID.

Suspended—Disables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive the version ID null.

If the versioning state has never been set on a bucket, it has no versioning state; a [GetBucketVersioning] request does not return a versioning state value.

If the bucket owner enables MFA Delete in the bucket versioning configuration, the bucket owner must include the ‘x-amz-mfa request` header and the `Status` and the `MfaDelete` request elements in a request to set the versioning state of the bucket.

If you have an object expiration lifecycle policy in your non-versioned bucket and you want to maintain the same permanent delete behavior when you enable versioning, you must add a noncurrent expiration policy. The noncurrent expiration lifecycle policy will manage the deletes of the noncurrent object versions in the version-enabled bucket. (A version-enabled bucket maintains one current and zero or more noncurrent object versions.) For more information, see [Lifecycle and Versioning].

**Related Resources**

CreateBucket][3
DeleteBucket][4
GetBucketVersioning][1

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketVersioning.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html#lifecycle-and-other-bucket-config [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucket.html

Examples:

Example: Set versioning configuration on a bucket


# The following example sets versioning configuration on bucket. The configuration enables versioning on the bucket.

resp = client.put_bucket_versioning({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  versioning_configuration: {
    mfa_delete: "Disabled", 
    status: "Enabled", 
  }, 
})

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.put_bucket_versioning({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  content_md5: "ContentMD5",
  mfa: "MFA",
  versioning_configuration: { # required
    mfa_delete: "Enabled", # accepts Enabled, Disabled
    status: "Enabled", # accepts Enabled, Suspended
  },
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name.
:content_md5 (String) —

>The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. You must use this header as a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in transit. For more information, see [RFC 1864].

For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.

[1]: www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt
:mfa (String) —

The concatenation of the authentication device’s serial number, a space, and the value that is displayed on your authentication device.
:versioning_configuration (required, Types::VersioningConfiguration) —

Container for setting the versioning state.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 10491

def put_bucket_versioning(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:put_bucket_versioning, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#put_bucket_website(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

Sets the configuration of the website that is specified in the ‘website` subresource. To configure a bucket as a website, you can add this subresource on the bucket with website configuration information such as the file name of the index document and any redirect rules. For more information, see [Hosting Websites on Amazon S3].

This PUT operation requires the ‘S3:PutBucketWebsite` permission. By default, only the bucket owner can configure the website attached to a bucket; however, bucket owners can allow other users to set the website configuration by writing a bucket policy that grants them the `S3:PutBucketWebsite` permission.

To redirect all website requests sent to the bucket’s website endpoint, you add a website configuration with the following elements. Because all requests are sent to another website, you don’t need to provide index document name for the bucket.

‘WebsiteConfiguration`
‘RedirectAllRequestsTo`
‘HostName`
‘Protocol`

If you want granular control over redirects, you can use the following elements to add routing rules that describe conditions for redirecting requests and information about the redirect destination. In this case, the website configuration must provide an index document for the bucket, because some requests might not be redirected.

‘WebsiteConfiguration`
‘IndexDocument`
‘Suffix`
‘ErrorDocument`
‘Key`
‘RoutingRules`
‘RoutingRule`
‘Condition`
‘HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals`
‘KeyPrefixEquals`
‘Redirect`
‘Protocol`
‘HostName`
‘ReplaceKeyPrefixWith`
‘ReplaceKeyWith`
‘HttpRedirectCode`

Amazon S3 has a limitation of 50 routing rules per website configuration. If you require more than 50 routing rules, you can use object redirect. For more information, see [Configuring an Object Redirect] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/how-to-page-redirect.html

Examples:

Example: Set website configuration on a bucket


# The following example adds website configuration to a bucket.

resp = client.put_bucket_website({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  content_md5: "", 
  website_configuration: {
    error_document: {
      key: "error.html", 
    }, 
    index_document: {
      suffix: "index.html", 
    }, 
  }, 
})

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.put_bucket_website({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  content_md5: "ContentMD5",
  website_configuration: { # required
    error_document: {
      key: "ObjectKey", # required
    },
    index_document: {
      suffix: "Suffix", # required
    },
    redirect_all_requests_to: {
      host_name: "HostName", # required
      protocol: "http", # accepts http, https
    },
    routing_rules: [
      {
        condition: {
          http_error_code_returned_equals: "HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals",
          key_prefix_equals: "KeyPrefixEquals",
        },
        redirect: { # required
          host_name: "HostName",
          http_redirect_code: "HttpRedirectCode",
          protocol: "http", # accepts http, https
          replace_key_prefix_with: "ReplaceKeyPrefixWith",
          replace_key_with: "ReplaceKeyWith",
        },
      },
    ],
  },
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name.
:content_md5 (String) —

The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. You must use this header as a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in transit. For more information, see [RFC 1864].

For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.

[1]: www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt
:website_configuration (required, Types::WebsiteConfiguration) —

Container for the request.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 10651

def put_bucket_website(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:put_bucket_website, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#put_object(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::PutObjectOutput`

Adds an object to a bucket. You must have WRITE permissions on a bucket to add an object to it.

Amazon S3 never adds partial objects; if you receive a success response, Amazon S3 added the entire object to the bucket.

Amazon S3 is a distributed system. If it receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it overwrites all but the last object written. Amazon S3 does not provide object locking; if you need this, make sure to build it into your application layer or use versioning instead.

To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing the network, use the ‘Content-MD5` header. When you use this header, Amazon S3 checks the object against the provided MD5 value and, if they do not match, returns an error. Additionally, you can calculate the MD5 while putting an object to Amazon S3 and compare the returned ETag to the calculated MD5 value.

<note markdown=“1”> The ‘Content-MD5` header is required for any request to upload an object with a retention period configured using Amazon S3 Object Lock. For more information about Amazon S3 Object Lock, see [Amazon S3 Object Lock Overview] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

</note>

**Server-side Encryption**

You can optionally request server-side encryption. With server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts the data when you access it. You have the option to provide your own encryption key or use AWS managed encryption keys (SSE-S3 or SSE-KMS). For more information, see [Using Server-Side Encryption].

If you request server-side encryption using AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS), you can enable an S3 Bucket Key at the object-level. For more information, see [Amazon S3 Bucket Keys] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

**Access Control List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers**

You can use headers to grant ACL- based permissions. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual AWS accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the ACL on the object. For more information, see [Access Control List (ACL) Overview] and [Managing ACLs Using the REST API].

**Storage Class Options**

By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD Storage Class to store newly created objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability. Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different Storage Class. Amazon S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class. For more information, see [Storage Classes] in the *Amazon S3 Service Developer Guide*.

Versioning

If you enable versioning for a bucket, Amazon S3 automatically generates a unique version ID for the object being stored. Amazon S3 returns this ID in the response. When you enable versioning for a bucket, if Amazon S3 receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it stores all of the objects.

For more information about versioning, see [Adding Objects to Versioning Enabled Buckets]. For information about returning the versioning state of a bucket, see [GetBucketVersioning].

**Related Resources**

CopyObject][9
DeleteObject][10

Examples:

Example: To upload an object


# The following example uploads an object to a versioning-enabled bucket. The source file is specified using Windows file
# syntax. S3 returns VersionId of the newly created object.

resp = client.put_object({
  body: "HappyFace.jpg", 
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  key: "HappyFace.jpg", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  etag: "\"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae\"", 
  version_id: "tpf3zF08nBplQK1XLOefGskR7mGDwcDk", 
}

Example: To upload an object and specify canned ACL.


# The following example uploads and object. The request specifies optional canned ACL (access control list) to all READ
# access to authenticated users. If the bucket is versioning enabled, S3 returns version ID in response.

resp = client.put_object({
  acl: "authenticated-read", 
  body: "filetoupload", 
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  key: "exampleobject", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  etag: "\"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae\"", 
  version_id: "Kirh.unyZwjQ69YxcQLA8z4F5j3kJJKr", 
}

Example: To upload an object (specify optional headers)


# The following example uploads an object. The request specifies optional request headers to directs S3 to use specific
# storage class and use server-side encryption.

resp = client.put_object({
  body: "HappyFace.jpg", 
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  key: "HappyFace.jpg", 
  server_side_encryption: "AES256", 
  storage_class: "STANDARD_IA", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  etag: "\"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae\"", 
  server_side_encryption: "AES256", 
  version_id: "CG612hodqujkf8FaaNfp8U..FIhLROcp", 
}

Example: To upload an object and specify server-side encryption and object tags


# The following example uploads and object. The request specifies the optional server-side encryption option. The request
# also specifies optional object tags. If the bucket is versioning enabled, S3 returns version ID in response.

resp = client.put_object({
  body: "filetoupload", 
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  key: "exampleobject", 
  server_side_encryption: "AES256", 
  tagging: "key1=value1&key2=value2", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  etag: "\"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae\"", 
  server_side_encryption: "AES256", 
  version_id: "Ri.vC6qVlA4dEnjgRV4ZHsHoFIjqEMNt", 
}

Example: To create an object.


# The following example creates an object. If the bucket is versioning enabled, S3 returns version ID in response.

resp = client.put_object({
  body: "filetoupload", 
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  key: "objectkey", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  etag: "\"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae\"", 
  version_id: "Bvq0EDKxOcXLJXNo_Lkz37eM3R4pfzyQ", 
}

Example: To upload object and specify user-defined metadata


# The following example creates an object. The request also specifies optional metadata. If the bucket is versioning
# enabled, S3 returns version ID in response.

resp = client.put_object({
  body: "filetoupload", 
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  key: "exampleobject", 
  metadata: {
    "metadata1" => "value1", 
    "metadata2" => "value2", 
  }, 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  etag: "\"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae\"", 
  version_id: "pSKidl4pHBiNwukdbcPXAIs.sshFFOc0", 
}

Example: To upload an object and specify optional tags


# The following example uploads an object. The request specifies optional object tags. The bucket is versioned, therefore
# S3 returns version ID of the newly created object.

resp = client.put_object({
  body: "c:\\HappyFace.jpg", 
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  key: "HappyFace.jpg", 
  tagging: "key1=value1&key2=value2", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  etag: "\"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae\"", 
  version_id: "psM2sYY4.o1501dSx8wMvnkOzSBB.V4a", 
}

Streaming a file from disk

# upload file from disk in a single request, may not exceed 5GB
File.open('/source/file/path', 'rb') do |file|
  s3.put_object(bucket: 'bucket-name', key: 'object-key', body: file)
end

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.put_object({
  acl: "private", # accepts private, public-read, public-read-write, authenticated-read, aws-exec-read, bucket-owner-read, bucket-owner-full-control
  body: source_file,
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  cache_control: "CacheControl",
  content_disposition: "ContentDisposition",
  content_encoding: "ContentEncoding",
  content_language: "ContentLanguage",
  content_length: 1,
  content_md5: "ContentMD5",
  content_type: "ContentType",
  expires: Time.now,
  grant_full_control: "GrantFullControl",
  grant_read: "GrantRead",
  grant_read_acp: "GrantReadACP",
  grant_write_acp: "GrantWriteACP",
  key: "ObjectKey", # required
  metadata: {
    "MetadataKey" => "MetadataValue",
  },
  server_side_encryption: "AES256", # accepts AES256, aws:kms
  storage_class: "STANDARD", # accepts STANDARD, REDUCED_REDUNDANCY, STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE, OUTPOSTS
  website_redirect_location: "WebsiteRedirectLocation",
  sse_customer_algorithm: "SSECustomerAlgorithm",
  sse_customer_key: "SSECustomerKey",
  sse_customer_key_md5: "SSECustomerKeyMD5",
  ssekms_key_id: "SSEKMSKeyId",
  ssekms_encryption_context: "SSEKMSEncryptionContext",
  bucket_key_enabled: false,
  request_payer: "requester", # accepts requester
  tagging: "TaggingHeader",
  object_lock_mode: "GOVERNANCE", # accepts GOVERNANCE, COMPLIANCE
  object_lock_retain_until_date: Time.now,
  object_lock_legal_hold_status: "ON", # accepts ON, OFF
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.expiration #=> String
resp.etag #=> String
resp.server_side_encryption #=> String, one of "AES256", "aws:kms"
resp.version_id #=> String
resp.sse_customer_algorithm #=> String
resp.sse_customer_key_md5 #=> String
resp.ssekms_key_id #=> String
resp.ssekms_encryption_context #=> String
resp.bucket_key_enabled #=> Boolean
resp.request_charged #=> String, one of "requester"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:acl (String) —

The canned ACL to apply to the object. For more information, see [Canned ACL].

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL
:body (String, StringIO, File) —

Object data.
:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name to which the PUT operation was initiated.

When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see [Using Access Points] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

When using this API with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [Using S3 on Outposts] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3onOutposts.html
:cache_control (String) —

Can be used to specify caching behavior along the request/reply chain. For more information, see [www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9][1].

[1]: www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9
:content_disposition (String) —

Specifies presentational information for the object. For more information, see [www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec19.html#sec19.5.1][1].

[1]: www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec19.html#sec19.5.1
:content_encoding (String) —

Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field. For more information, see [www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.11][1].

[1]: www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.11
:content_language (String) —

The language the content is in.
:content_length (Integer) —

Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the body cannot be determined automatically. For more information, see [www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.13][1].

[1]: www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.13
:content_md5 (String) —

The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the message (without the headers) according to RFC 1864. This header can be used as a message integrity check to verify that the data is the same data that was originally sent. Although it is optional, we recommend using the Content-MD5 mechanism as an end-to-end integrity check. For more information about REST request authentication, see [REST Authentication].

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html
:content_type (String) —

A standard MIME type describing the format of the contents. For more information, see [www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.17][1].

[1]: www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.17
:expires (Time, DateTime, Date, Integer, String) —

The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. For more information, see [www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.21][1].

[1]: www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.21
:grant_full_control (String) —

Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
:grant_read (String) —

Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
:grant_read_acp (String) —

Allows grantee to read the object ACL.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
:grant_write_acp (String) —

Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
:key (required, String) —

Object key for which the PUT operation was initiated.
:metadata (Hash<String,String>) —

A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
:server_side_encryption (String) —

The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
:storage_class (String) —

By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD Storage Class to store newly created objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability. Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different Storage Class. Amazon S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class. For more information, see [Storage Classes] in the *Amazon S3 Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html
:website_redirect_location (String) —

If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata. For information about object metadata, see [Object Key and Metadata].

In the following example, the request header sets the redirect to an object (anotherPage.html) in the same bucket:

‘x-amz-website-redirect-location: /anotherPage.html`

In the following example, the request header sets the object redirect to another website:

‘x-amz-website-redirect-location: www.example.com/`

For more information about website hosting in Amazon S3, see [Hosting Websites on Amazon S3] and [How to Configure Website Page Redirects].

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingMetadata.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/how-to-page-redirect.html
:sse_customer_algorithm (String) —

Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example, AES256).
:sse_customer_key (String) —

Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the ‘x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm` header.
:sse_customer_key_md5 (String) —

Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
:ssekms_key_id (String) —

If ‘x-amz-server-side-encryption` is present and has the value of `aws:kms`, this header specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetrical customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object.

If the value of ‘x-amz-server-side-encryption` is `aws:kms`, this header specifies the ID of the symmetric customer managed AWS KMS CMK that will be used for the object. If you specify `x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms`, but do not provide` x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id`, Amazon S3 uses the AWS managed CMK in AWS to protect the data.
:ssekms_encryption_context (String) —

Specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs.
:bucket_key_enabled (Boolean) —

Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with server-side encryption using AWS KMS (SSE-KMS). Setting this header to ‘true` causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with SSE-KMS.

Specifying this header with a PUT operation doesn’t affect bucket-level settings for S3 Bucket Key.
:request_payer (String) —

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requestor Pays Buckets] in the *Amazon S3 Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
:tagging (String) —

The tag-set for the object. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters. (For example, “Key1=Value1”)
:object_lock_mode (String) —

The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to this object.
:object_lock_retain_until_date (Time, DateTime, Date, Integer, String) —

The date and time when you want this object’s Object Lock to expire.
:object_lock_legal_hold_status (String) —

Specifies whether a legal hold will be applied to this object. For more information about S3 Object Lock, see [Object Lock].

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::PutObjectOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #expiration => String
- #etag => String
- #server_side_encryption => String
- #version_id => String
- #sse_customer_algorithm => String
- #sse_customer_key_md5 => String
- #ssekms_key_id => String
- #ssekms_encryption_context => String
- #bucket_key_enabled => Boolean
- #request_charged => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 11208

def put_object(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:put_object, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#put_object_acl(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::PutObjectAclOutput`

Uses the ‘acl` subresource to set the access control list (ACL) permissions for a new or existing object in an S3 bucket. You must have `WRITE_ACP` permission to set the ACL of an object. For more information, see [What permissions can I grant?] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.

Depending on your application needs, you can choose to set the ACL on an object using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, you can continue to use that approach. For more information, see [Access Control List (ACL) Overview] in the *Amazon S3 Developer Guide*.

**Access Permissions**

You can set access permissions using one of the following methods:

Specify a canned ACL with the ‘x-amz-acl` request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of `x-amz-ac`l. If you use this header, you cannot use other access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see [Canned ACL].
Specify access permissions explicitly with the ‘x-amz-grant-read`, `x-amz-grant-read-acp`, `x-amz-grant-write-acp`, and `x-amz-grant-full-control` headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (AWS accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use `x-amz-acl` header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see [Access Control List (ACL) Overview].

You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:
- ‘id` – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an AWS account
- ‘uri` – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group
- ‘emailAddress` – if the value specified is the email address of an AWS account
  
  <note markdown=“1”> Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
```
* US East (N. Virginia)
```
  - US West (N. California)
  - US West (Oregon)
  - Asia Pacific (Singapore)
  - Asia Pacific (Sydney)
  - Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
  - Europe (Ireland)
  - South America (São Paulo)
```
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints,
```
  see [Regions and Endpoints] in the AWS General Reference.
```
</note>
```
For example, the following ‘x-amz-grant-read` header grants list objects permission to the two AWS accounts identified by their email addresses.

‘x-amz-grant-read: emailAddress=“[email protected]”, emailAddress=“[email protected]” `

You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.

**Grantee Values**

You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you’re assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:

By the person’s ID:

‘<Grantee xmlns:xsi=“www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance” xsi:type=“CanonicalUser”><ID><>ID<></ID><DisplayName><>GranteesEmail<></DisplayName> </Grantee>`

DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request.
By URI:

‘<Grantee xmlns:xsi=“www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance” xsi:type=“Group”><URI><>acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<></URI></Grantee>`
By Email address:

‘<Grantee xmlns:xsi=“www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance” xsi:type=“AmazonCustomerByEmail”><EmailAddress><>[email protected]<></EmailAddress>lt;/Grantee>`

The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.

<note markdown=“1”> Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions:
```
* US East (N. Virginia)
```
- US West (N. California)
- US West (Oregon)
- Asia Pacific (Singapore)
- Asia Pacific (Sydney)
- Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
- Europe (Ireland)
- South America (São Paulo)
```
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see
```
Regions and Endpoints][4

in the AWS General Reference.
```
</note>
```

Versioning

The ACL of an object is set at the object version level. By default, PUT sets the ACL of the current version of an object. To set the ACL of a different version, use the ‘versionId` subresource.

**Related Resources**

CopyObject][5
GetObject][6

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#permissions [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CopyObject.html [6]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html

Examples:

Example: To grant permissions using object ACL


# The following example adds grants to an object ACL. The first permission grants user1 and user2 FULL_CONTROL and the
# AllUsers group READ permission.

resp = client.put_object_acl({
  access_control_policy: {
  }, 
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  grant_full_control: "[email protected],[email protected]", 
  grant_read: "uri=http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AllUsers", 
  key: "HappyFace.jpg", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.put_object_acl({
  acl: "private", # accepts private, public-read, public-read-write, authenticated-read, aws-exec-read, bucket-owner-read, bucket-owner-full-control
  access_control_policy: {
    grants: [
      {
        grantee: {
          display_name: "DisplayName",
          email_address: "EmailAddress",
          id: "ID",
          type: "CanonicalUser", # required, accepts CanonicalUser, AmazonCustomerByEmail, Group
          uri: "URI",
        },
        permission: "FULL_CONTROL", # accepts FULL_CONTROL, WRITE, WRITE_ACP, READ, READ_ACP
      },
    ],
    owner: {
      display_name: "DisplayName",
      id: "ID",
    },
  },
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  content_md5: "ContentMD5",
  grant_full_control: "GrantFullControl",
  grant_read: "GrantRead",
  grant_read_acp: "GrantReadACP",
  grant_write: "GrantWrite",
  grant_write_acp: "GrantWriteACP",
  key: "ObjectKey", # required
  request_payer: "requester", # accepts requester
  version_id: "ObjectVersionId",
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.request_charged #=> String, one of "requester"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:acl (String) —

The canned ACL to apply to the object. For more information, see [Canned ACL].

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL
:access_control_policy (Types::AccessControlPolicy) —

Contains the elements that set the ACL permissions for an object per grantee.
:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name that contains the object to which you want to attach the ACL.

When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see [Using Access Points] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html
:content_md5 (String) —

The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. This header must be used as a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in transit. For more information, go to [RFC 1864.>]

For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.

[1]: www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1864.txt
:grant_full_control (String) —

Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the bucket.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
:grant_read (String) —

Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
:grant_read_acp (String) —

Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
:grant_write (String) —

Allows grantee to create, overwrite, and delete any object in the bucket.
:grant_write_acp (String) —

Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.
:key (required, String) —

Key for which the PUT operation was initiated.

When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see [Using Access Points] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

When using this API with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [Using S3 on Outposts] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3onOutposts.html
:request_payer (String) —

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requestor Pays Buckets] in the *Amazon S3 Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
:version_id (String) —

VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::PutObjectAclOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #request_charged => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 11541

def put_object_acl(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:put_object_acl, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#put_object_legal_hold(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::PutObjectLegalHoldOutput`

Applies a Legal Hold configuration to the specified object.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.

**Related Resources**

Locking Objects][1

^

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.put_object_legal_hold({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  key: "ObjectKey", # required
  legal_hold: {
    status: "ON", # accepts ON, OFF
  },
  request_payer: "requester", # accepts requester
  version_id: "ObjectVersionId",
  content_md5: "ContentMD5",
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.request_charged #=> String, one of "requester"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name containing the object that you want to place a Legal Hold on.

When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see [Using Access Points] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html
:key (required, String) —

The key name for the object that you want to place a Legal Hold on.
:legal_hold (Types::ObjectLockLegalHold) —

Container element for the Legal Hold configuration you want to apply to the specified object.
:request_payer (String) —

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requestor Pays Buckets] in the *Amazon S3 Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
:version_id (String) —

The version ID of the object that you want to place a Legal Hold on.
:content_md5 (String) —

The MD5 hash for the request body.

For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #request_charged => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 11634

def put_object_legal_hold(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:put_object_legal_hold, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#put_object_lock_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput`

Places an Object Lock configuration on the specified bucket. The rule specified in the Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object placed in the specified bucket.

<note markdown=“1”> ‘DefaultRetention` requires either Days or Years. You can’t specify both at the same time.

</note>

**Related Resources**

Locking Objects][1

^

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.put_object_lock_configuration({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  object_lock_configuration: {
    object_lock_enabled: "Enabled", # accepts Enabled
    rule: {
      default_retention: {
        mode: "GOVERNANCE", # accepts GOVERNANCE, COMPLIANCE
        days: 1,
        years: 1,
      },
    },
  },
  request_payer: "requester", # accepts requester
  token: "ObjectLockToken",
  content_md5: "ContentMD5",
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.request_charged #=> String, one of "requester"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket whose Object Lock configuration you want to create or replace.
:object_lock_configuration (Types::ObjectLockConfiguration) —

The Object Lock configuration that you want to apply to the specified bucket.
:request_payer (String) —

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requestor Pays Buckets] in the *Amazon S3 Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
:token (String) —

A token to allow Object Lock to be enabled for an existing bucket.
:content_md5 (String) —

The MD5 hash for the request body.

For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #request_charged => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 11723

def put_object_lock_configuration(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:put_object_lock_configuration, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#put_object_retention(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::PutObjectRetentionOutput`

Places an Object Retention configuration on an object.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.

**Related Resources**

Locking Objects][1

^

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.put_object_retention({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  key: "ObjectKey", # required
  retention: {
    mode: "GOVERNANCE", # accepts GOVERNANCE, COMPLIANCE
    retain_until_date: Time.now,
  },
  request_payer: "requester", # accepts requester
  version_id: "ObjectVersionId",
  bypass_governance_retention: false,
  content_md5: "ContentMD5",
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.request_charged #=> String, one of "requester"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name that contains the object you want to apply this Object Retention configuration to.

When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see [Using Access Points] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html
:key (required, String) —

The key name for the object that you want to apply this Object Retention configuration to.
:retention (Types::ObjectLockRetention) —

The container element for the Object Retention configuration.
:request_payer (String) —

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requestor Pays Buckets] in the *Amazon S3 Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
:version_id (String) —

The version ID for the object that you want to apply this Object Retention configuration to.
:bypass_governance_retention (Boolean) —

Indicates whether this operation should bypass Governance-mode restrictions.
:content_md5 (String) —

The MD5 hash for the request body.

For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::PutObjectRetentionOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #request_charged => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 11823

def put_object_retention(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:put_object_retention, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#put_object_tagging(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::PutObjectTaggingOutput`

Sets the supplied tag-set to an object that already exists in a bucket.

A tag is a key-value pair. You can associate tags with an object by sending a PUT request against the tagging subresource that is associated with the object. You can retrieve tags by sending a GET request. For more information, see [GetObjectTagging].

For tagging-related restrictions related to characters and encodings, see [Tag Restrictions]. Note that Amazon S3 limits the maximum number of tags to 10 tags per object.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the ‘s3:PutObjectTagging` action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.

To put tags of any other version, use the ‘versionId` query parameter. You also need permission for the `s3:PutObjectVersionTagging` action.

For information about the Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see [Object Tagging].

**Special Errors**

- Code: InvalidTagError
- *Cause: The tag provided was not a valid tag. This error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, see [Object Tagging].*
- Code: MalformedXMLError
- *Cause: The XML provided does not match the schema.*
- Code: OperationAbortedError
- *Cause: A conflicting conditional operation is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again.*
- *Code: InternalError*
- *Cause: The service was unable to apply the provided tag to the object.*

**Related Resources**

GetObjectTagging][1

^

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectTagging.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/allocation-tag-restrictions.html [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html

Examples:

Example: To add tags to an existing object


# The following example adds tags to an existing object.

resp = client.put_object_tagging({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  key: "HappyFace.jpg", 
  tagging: {
    tag_set: [
      {
        key: "Key3", 
        value: "Value3", 
      }, 
      {
        key: "Key4", 
        value: "Value4", 
      }, 
    ], 
  }, 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  version_id: "null", 
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.put_object_tagging({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  key: "ObjectKey", # required
  version_id: "ObjectVersionId",
  content_md5: "ContentMD5",
  tagging: { # required
    tag_set: [ # required
      {
        key: "ObjectKey", # required
        value: "Value", # required
      },
    ],
  },
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.version_id #=> String

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name containing the object.

When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see [Using Access Points] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

When using this API with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [Using S3 on Outposts] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3onOutposts.html
:key (required, String) —

Name of the object key.
:version_id (String) —

The versionId of the object that the tag-set will be added to.
:content_md5 (String) —

The MD5 hash for the request body.

For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.
:tagging (required, Types::Tagging) —

Container for the ‘TagSet` and `Tag` elements
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::PutObjectTaggingOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #version_id => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 11986

def put_object_tagging(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:put_object_tagging, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#put_public_access_block(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

Creates or modifies the ‘PublicAccessBlock` configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the `s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock` permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see [Specifying Permissions in a Policy].

When Amazon S3 evaluates the ‘PublicAccessBlock` configuration for a bucket or an object, it checks the `PublicAccessBlock` configuration for both the bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner’s account. If the ‘PublicAccessBlock` configurations are different between the bucket and the account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level and account-level settings.

For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object public, see [The Meaning of “Public“].

**Related Resources**

GetPublicAccessBlock][3
DeletePublicAccessBlock][4
GetBucketPolicyStatus][5
Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access][6

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status [3]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetPublicAccessBlock.html [4]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeletePublicAccessBlock.html [5]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketPolicyStatus.html [6]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.put_public_access_block({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  content_md5: "ContentMD5",
  public_access_block_configuration: { # required
    block_public_acls: false,
    ignore_public_acls: false,
    block_public_policy: false,
    restrict_public_buckets: false,
  },
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose ‘PublicAccessBlock` configuration you want to set.
:content_md5 (String) —

The MD5 hash of the ‘PutPublicAccessBlock` request body.

For requests made using the AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) or AWS SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.
:public_access_block_configuration (required, Types::PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) —

The ‘PublicAccessBlock` configuration that you want to apply to this Amazon S3 bucket. You can enable the configuration options in any combination. For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or object public, see [The Meaning of “Public“] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Struct) —

Returns an empty response.

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 12072

def put_public_access_block(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:put_public_access_block, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#restore_object(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::RestoreObjectOutput`

Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.

This action performs the following types of requests:

‘select` - Perform a select query on an archived object
‘restore an archive` - Restore an archived object

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the ‘s3:RestoreObject` action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see [Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations] and [Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

**Querying Archives with Select Requests**

You use a select type of request to perform SQL queries on archived objects. The archived objects that are being queried by the select request must be formatted as uncompressed comma-separated values (CSV) files. You can run queries and custom analytics on your archived data without having to restore your data to a hotter Amazon S3 tier. For an overview about select requests, see [Querying Archived Objects] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

When making a select request, do the following:

Define an output location for the select query’s output. This must be an Amazon S3 bucket in the same AWS Region as the bucket that contains the archive object that is being queried. The AWS account that initiates the job must have permissions to write to the S3 bucket. You can specify the storage class and encryption for the output objects stored in the bucket. For more information about output, see [Querying Archived Objects] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

For more information about the ‘S3` structure in the request body, see the following:
- PutObject][4
- Managing Access with ACLs][5
  
  in the *Amazon Simple Storage
  
  Service Developer Guide*
- Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption][6
  
  in the *Amazon
  
  Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*
Define the SQL expression for the ‘SELECT` type of restoration for your query in the request body’s ‘SelectParameters` structure. You can use expressions like the following examples.
- The following expression returns all records from the specified object.
  
  ‘SELECT * FROM Object`
- Assuming that you are not using any headers for data stored in the object, you can specify columns with positional headers.
  
  ‘SELECT s._1, s._2 FROM Object s WHERE s._3 > 100`
- If you have headers and you set the ‘fileHeaderInfo` in the `CSV` structure in the request body to `USE`, you can specify headers in the query. (If you set the `fileHeaderInfo` field to `IGNORE`, the first row is skipped for the query.) You cannot mix ordinal positions with header column names.
  
  ‘SELECT s.Id, s.FirstName, s.SSN FROM S3Object s`

For more information about using SQL with S3 Glacier Select restore, see [SQL Reference for Amazon S3 Select and S3 Glacier Select] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

When making a select request, you can also do the following:

To expedite your queries, specify the ‘Expedited` tier. For more information about tiers, see “Restoring Archives,” later in this topic.
Specify details about the data serialization format of both the input object that is being queried and the serialization of the CSV-encoded query results.

The following are additional important facts about the select feature:

The output results are new Amazon S3 objects. Unlike archive retrievals, they are stored until explicitly deleted-manually or through a lifecycle policy.
You can issue more than one select request on the same Amazon S3 object. Amazon S3 doesn’t deduplicate requests, so avoid issuing duplicate requests.
Amazon S3 accepts a select request even if the object has already been restored. A select request doesn’t return error response ‘409`.

**Restoring objects**

Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers are not accessible in real time. For objects in Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier. For objects in S3 Glacier or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify.

To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don’t provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version.

When restoring an archived object (or using a select request), you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the ‘Tier` element of the request body:

Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data stored in the S3 Glacier storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests for a subset of archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals is typically made available within 1–5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals typically finish within 3–5 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Standard retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.
Bulk - Bulk retrievals are the lowest-cost retrieval option in S3 Glacier, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data inexpensively. Bulk retrievals typically finish within 5–12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 48 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Bulk retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.

For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for ‘Expedited` data access, see [Restoring Archived Objects] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see [ Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

To get the status of object restoration, you can send a ‘HEAD` request. Operations return the `x-amz-restore` header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see [Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object.

If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see

PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration][11: and [Object Lifecycle

Management] in *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

Responses

A successful operation returns either the ‘200 OK` or `202 Accepted` status code.

If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns ‘202 Accepted` in the response.
If the object is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns ‘200 OK` in the response.

**Special Errors**

- *Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress*
- *Cause: Object restore is already in progress. (This error does not apply to SELECT type requests.)*
- *HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict*
- *SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client*
- *Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable*
- *Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)*
- *HTTP Status Code: 503*
- *SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A*

**Related Resources**

PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration][11
GetBucketNotificationConfiguration][13
SQL Reference for Amazon S3 Select and S3 Glacier Select ][7

in

the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*

Examples:

Example: To restore an archived object


# The following example restores for one day an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3 bucket.

resp = client.restore_object({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  key: "archivedobjectkey", 
  restore_request: {
    days: 1, 
    glacier_job_parameters: {
      tier: "Expedited", 
    }, 
  }, 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.restore_object({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  key: "ObjectKey", # required
  version_id: "ObjectVersionId",
  restore_request: {
    days: 1,
    glacier_job_parameters: {
      tier: "Standard", # required, accepts Standard, Bulk, Expedited
    },
    type: "SELECT", # accepts SELECT
    tier: "Standard", # accepts Standard, Bulk, Expedited
    description: "Description",
    select_parameters: {
      input_serialization: { # required
        csv: {
          file_header_info: "USE", # accepts USE, IGNORE, NONE
          comments: "Comments",
          quote_escape_character: "QuoteEscapeCharacter",
          record_delimiter: "RecordDelimiter",
          field_delimiter: "FieldDelimiter",
          quote_character: "QuoteCharacter",
          allow_quoted_record_delimiter: false,
        },
        compression_type: "NONE", # accepts NONE, GZIP, BZIP2
        json: {
          type: "DOCUMENT", # accepts DOCUMENT, LINES
        },
        parquet: {
        },
      },
      expression_type: "SQL", # required, accepts SQL
      expression: "Expression", # required
      output_serialization: { # required
        csv: {
          quote_fields: "ALWAYS", # accepts ALWAYS, ASNEEDED
          quote_escape_character: "QuoteEscapeCharacter",
          record_delimiter: "RecordDelimiter",
          field_delimiter: "FieldDelimiter",
          quote_character: "QuoteCharacter",
        },
        json: {
          record_delimiter: "RecordDelimiter",
        },
      },
    },
    output_location: {
      s3: {
        bucket_name: "BucketName", # required
        prefix: "LocationPrefix", # required
        encryption: {
          encryption_type: "AES256", # required, accepts AES256, aws:kms
          kms_key_id: "SSEKMSKeyId",
          kms_context: "KMSContext",
        },
        canned_acl: "private", # accepts private, public-read, public-read-write, authenticated-read, aws-exec-read, bucket-owner-read, bucket-owner-full-control
        access_control_list: [
          {
            grantee: {
              display_name: "DisplayName",
              email_address: "EmailAddress",
              id: "ID",
              type: "CanonicalUser", # required, accepts CanonicalUser, AmazonCustomerByEmail, Group
              uri: "URI",
            },
            permission: "FULL_CONTROL", # accepts FULL_CONTROL, WRITE, WRITE_ACP, READ, READ_ACP
          },
        ],
        tagging: {
          tag_set: [ # required
            {
              key: "ObjectKey", # required
              value: "Value", # required
            },
          ],
        },
        user_metadata: [
          {
            name: "MetadataKey",
            value: "MetadataValue",
          },
        ],
        storage_class: "STANDARD", # accepts STANDARD, REDUCED_REDUNDANCY, STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE, OUTPOSTS
      },
    },
  },
  request_payer: "requester", # accepts requester
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.request_charged #=> String, one of "requester"
resp.restore_output_path #=> String

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name containing the object to restore.

When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see [Using Access Points] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

When using this API with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [Using S3 on Outposts] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3onOutposts.html
:key (required, String) —

Object key for which the operation was initiated.
:version_id (String) —

VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
:restore_request (Types::RestoreRequest) —

Container for restore job parameters.
:request_payer (String) —

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requestor Pays Buckets] in the *Amazon S3 Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::RestoreObjectOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #request_charged => String
- #restore_output_path => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 12493

def restore_object(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:restore_object, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#select_object_content(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::SelectObjectContentOutput`

This operation filters the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple structured query language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the SQL expression, you must also specify a data serialization format (JSON, CSV, or Apache Parquet) of the object. Amazon S3 uses this format to parse object data into records, and returns only records that match the specified SQL expression. You must also specify the data serialization format for the response.

This action is not supported by Amazon S3 on Outposts.

For more information about Amazon S3 Select, see [Selecting Content from Objects] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

For more information about using SQL with Amazon S3 Select, see [ SQL Reference for Amazon S3 Select and S3 Glacier Select] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

Permissions

You must have ‘s3:GetObject` permission for this operation. Amazon S3 Select does not support anonymous access. For more information about permissions, see [Specifying Permissions in a Policy] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

*Object Data Formats*

You can use Amazon S3 Select to query objects that have the following format properties:

*CSV, JSON, and Parquet* - Objects must be in CSV, JSON, or Parquet format.
UTF-8 - UTF-8 is the only encoding type Amazon S3 Select supports.
*GZIP or BZIP2* - CSV and JSON files can be compressed using GZIP or BZIP2. GZIP and BZIP2 are the only compression formats that Amazon S3 Select supports for CSV and JSON files. Amazon S3 Select supports columnar compression for Parquet using GZIP or Snappy. Amazon S3 Select does not support whole-object compression for Parquet objects.
*Server-side encryption* - Amazon S3 Select supports querying objects that are protected with server-side encryption.

For objects that are encrypted with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), you must use HTTPS, and you must use the headers that are documented in the [GetObject]. For more information about SSE-C, see [Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys)] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

For objects that are encrypted with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3) and customer master keys (CMKs) stored in AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS), server-side encryption is handled transparently, so you don’t need to specify anything. For more information about server-side encryption, including SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS, see [Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

**Working with the Response Body**

Given the response size is unknown, Amazon S3 Select streams the response as a series of messages and includes a ‘Transfer-Encoding` header with `chunked` as its value in the response. For more information, see [Appendix: SelectObjectContent Response] .

**GetObject Support**

The ‘SelectObjectContent` operation does not support the following `GetObject` functionality. For more information, see [GetObject].

‘Range`: Although you can specify a scan range for an Amazon S3 Select request (see [SelectObjectContentRequest - ScanRange] in the request parameters), you cannot specify the range of bytes of an object to return.
GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE and REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes: You cannot specify the GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE, or ‘REDUCED_REDUNDANCY` storage classes. For more information, about storage classes see

Storage Classes][9

in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer

Guide*.

**Special Errors**

For a list of special errors for this operation, see [List of SELECT Object Content Error Codes]

**Related Resources**

GetObject][4
GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration][11
PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration][12

Examples:

EventStream Operation Example


You can process event once it arrives immediately, or wait until
full response complete and iterate through eventstream enumerator.

To interact with event immediately, you need to register #select_object_content
with callbacks, callbacks can be register for specifc events or for all events,
callback for errors in the event stream is also available for register.

Callbacks can be passed in by `:event_stream_handler` option or within block
statement attached to #select_object_content call directly. Hybrid pattern of both
is also supported.

`:event_stream_handler` option takes in either Proc object or
Aws::S3::EventStreams::SelectObjectContentEventStream object.

Usage pattern a): callbacks with a block attached to #select_object_content
  Example for registering callbacks for all event types and error event

  client.select_object_content( # params input# ) do |stream|
    stream.on_error_event do |event|
      # catch unmodeled error event in the stream
      raise event
      # => Aws::Errors::EventError
      # event.event_type => :error
      # event.error_code => String
      # event.error_message => String
    end

    stream.on_event do |event|
      # process all events arrive
      puts event.event_type
      ...
    end

  end

Usage pattern b): pass in `:event_stream_handler` for #select_object_content

  1) create a Aws::S3::EventStreams::SelectObjectContentEventStream object
  Example for registering callbacks with specific events

    handler = Aws::S3::EventStreams::SelectObjectContentEventStream.new
    handler.on_records_event do |event|
      event # => Aws::S3::Types::Records
    end
    handler.on_stats_event do |event|
      event # => Aws::S3::Types::Stats
    end
    handler.on_progress_event do |event|
      event # => Aws::S3::Types::Progress
    end
    handler.on_cont_event do |event|
      event # => Aws::S3::Types::Cont
    end
    handler.on_end_event do |event|
      event # => Aws::S3::Types::End
    end

  client.select_object_content( # params input #, event_stream_handler: handler)

  2) use a Ruby Proc object
  Example for registering callbacks with specific events

  handler = Proc.new do |stream|
    stream.on_records_event do |event|
      event # => Aws::S3::Types::Records
    end
    stream.on_stats_event do |event|
      event # => Aws::S3::Types::Stats
    end
    stream.on_progress_event do |event|
      event # => Aws::S3::Types::Progress
    end
    stream.on_cont_event do |event|
      event # => Aws::S3::Types::Cont
    end
    stream.on_end_event do |event|
      event # => Aws::S3::Types::End
    end
  end

  client.select_object_content( # params input #, event_stream_handler: handler)

Usage pattern c): hybird pattern of a) and b)

    handler = Aws::S3::EventStreams::SelectObjectContentEventStream.new
    handler.on_records_event do |event|
      event # => Aws::S3::Types::Records
    end
    handler.on_stats_event do |event|
      event # => Aws::S3::Types::Stats
    end
    handler.on_progress_event do |event|
      event # => Aws::S3::Types::Progress
    end
    handler.on_cont_event do |event|
      event # => Aws::S3::Types::Cont
    end
    handler.on_end_event do |event|
      event # => Aws::S3::Types::End
    end

  client.select_object_content( # params input #, event_stream_handler: handler) do |stream|
    stream.on_error_event do |event|
      # catch unmodeled error event in the stream
      raise event
      # => Aws::Errors::EventError
      # event.event_type => :error
      # event.error_code => String
      # event.error_message => String
    end
  end

Besides above usage patterns for process events when they arrive immediately, you can also
iterate through events after response complete.

Events are available at resp.payload # => Enumerator
For parameter input example, please refer to following request syntax

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.select_object_content({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  key: "ObjectKey", # required
  sse_customer_algorithm: "SSECustomerAlgorithm",
  sse_customer_key: "SSECustomerKey",
  sse_customer_key_md5: "SSECustomerKeyMD5",
  expression: "Expression", # required
  expression_type: "SQL", # required, accepts SQL
  request_progress: {
    enabled: false,
  },
  input_serialization: { # required
    csv: {
      file_header_info: "USE", # accepts USE, IGNORE, NONE
      comments: "Comments",
      quote_escape_character: "QuoteEscapeCharacter",
      record_delimiter: "RecordDelimiter",
      field_delimiter: "FieldDelimiter",
      quote_character: "QuoteCharacter",
      allow_quoted_record_delimiter: false,
    },
    compression_type: "NONE", # accepts NONE, GZIP, BZIP2
    json: {
      type: "DOCUMENT", # accepts DOCUMENT, LINES
    },
    parquet: {
    },
  },
  output_serialization: { # required
    csv: {
      quote_fields: "ALWAYS", # accepts ALWAYS, ASNEEDED
      quote_escape_character: "QuoteEscapeCharacter",
      record_delimiter: "RecordDelimiter",
      field_delimiter: "FieldDelimiter",
      quote_character: "QuoteCharacter",
    },
    json: {
      record_delimiter: "RecordDelimiter",
    },
  },
  scan_range: {
    start: 1,
    end: 1,
  },
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


All events are available at resp.payload:
resp.payload #=> Enumerator
resp.payload.event_types #=> [:records, :stats, :progress, :cont, :end]

For :records event available at #on_records_event callback and response eventstream enumerator:
event.payload #=> IO

For :stats event available at #on_stats_event callback and response eventstream enumerator:
event.details.bytes_scanned #=> Integer
event.details.bytes_processed #=> Integer
event.details.bytes_returned #=> Integer

For :progress event available at #on_progress_event callback and response eventstream enumerator:
event.details.bytes_scanned #=> Integer
event.details.bytes_processed #=> Integer
event.details.bytes_returned #=> Integer

For :cont event available at #on_cont_event callback and response eventstream enumerator:
 #=> EmptyStruct
For :end event available at #on_end_event callback and response eventstream enumerator:
 #=> EmptyStruct

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The S3 bucket.
:key (required, String) —

The object key.
:sse_customer_algorithm (String) —

The SSE Algorithm used to encrypt the object. For more information, see [Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys].

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html
:sse_customer_key (String) —

The SSE Customer Key. For more information, see [Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys].

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html
:sse_customer_key_md5 (String) —

The SSE Customer Key MD5. For more information, see [Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys].

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html
:expression (required, String) —

The expression that is used to query the object.
:expression_type (required, String) —

The type of the provided expression (for example, SQL).
:request_progress (Types::RequestProgress) —

Specifies if periodic request progress information should be enabled.
:input_serialization (required, Types::InputSerialization) —

Describes the format of the data in the object that is being queried.
:output_serialization (required, Types::OutputSerialization) —

Describes the format of the data that you want Amazon S3 to return in response.
:scan_range (Types::ScanRange) —
Specifies the byte range of the object to get the records from. A record is processed when its first byte is contained by the range. This parameter is optional, but when specified, it must not be empty. See RFC 2616, Section 14.35.1 about how to specify the start and end of the range.

‘ScanRange`may be used in the following ways:
- ‘<scanrange><start>50</start><end>100</end></scanrange>` - process only the records starting between the bytes 50 and 100 (inclusive, counting from zero)
- ‘<scanrange><start>50</start></scanrange>` - process only the records starting after the byte 50
- ‘<scanrange><end>50</end></scanrange>` - process only the records within the last 50 bytes of the file.
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Yields:

(event_stream_handler)

Returns:

(Types::SelectObjectContentOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #payload => Types::SelectObjectContentEventStream

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 12889

def select_object_content(params = {}, options = {}, &block)
  params = params.dup
  event_stream_handler = case handler = params.delete(:event_stream_handler)
    when EventStreams::SelectObjectContentEventStream then handler
    when Proc then EventStreams::SelectObjectContentEventStream.new.tap(&handler)
    when nil then EventStreams::SelectObjectContentEventStream.new
    else
      msg = "expected :event_stream_handler to be a block or "\
            "instance of Aws::S3::EventStreams::SelectObjectContentEventStream"\
            ", got `#{handler.inspect}` instead"
      raise ArgumentError, msg
    end

  yield(event_stream_handler) if block_given?

  req = build_request(:select_object_content, params)

  req.context[:event_stream_handler] = event_stream_handler
  req.handlers.add(Aws::Binary::DecodeHandler, priority: 95)

  req.send_request(options, &block)
end

#upload_part(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::UploadPartOutput`

Uploads a part in a multipart upload.

<note markdown=“1”> In this operation, you provide part data in your request. However, you have an option to specify your existing Amazon S3 object as a data source for the part you are uploading. To upload a part from an existing object, you use the [UploadPartCopy] operation.

</note>

You must initiate a multipart upload (see [CreateMultipartUpload]) before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns an upload ID, a unique identifier, that you must include in your upload part request.

Part numbers can be any number from 1 to 10,000, inclusive. A part number uniquely identifies a part and also defines its position within the object being created. If you upload a new part using the same part number that was used with a previous part, the previously uploaded part is overwritten. Each part must be at least 5 MB in size, except the last part. There is no size limit on the last part of your multipart upload.

To ensure that data is not corrupted when traversing the network, specify the ‘Content-MD5` header in the upload part request. Amazon S3 checks the part data against the provided MD5 value. If they do not match, Amazon S3 returns an error.

If the upload request is signed with Signature Version 4, then AWS S3 uses the ‘x-amz-content-sha256` header as a checksum instead of `Content-MD5`. For more information see [Authenticating Requests: Using the Authorization Header (AWS Signature Version 4)].

Note: After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging you for the parts storage.

For more information on multipart uploads, go to [Multipart Upload Overview] in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .

For information on the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, go to [Multipart Upload API and Permissions] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

You can optionally request server-side encryption where Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it for you when you access it. You have the option of providing your own encryption key, or you can use the AWS managed encryption keys. If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in the request must match the headers you used in the request to initiate the upload by using [CreateMultipartUpload]. For more information, go to [Using Server-Side Encryption] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

Server-side encryption is supported by the S3 Multipart Upload actions. Unless you are using a customer-provided encryption key, you don’t need to specify the encryption parameters in each UploadPart request. Instead, you only need to specify the server-side encryption parameters in the initial Initiate Multipart request. For more information, see [CreateMultipartUpload].

If you requested server-side encryption using a customer-provided encryption key in your initiate multipart upload request, you must provide identical encryption information in each part upload using the following headers.

x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5

**Special Errors**

- *Code: NoSuchUpload*
- *Cause: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.*
- HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
- *SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client*

**Related Resources**

CreateMultipartUpload][2
CompleteMultipartUpload][7
AbortMultipartUpload][8
ListParts][9
ListMultipartUploads][10

Examples:

Example: To upload a part


# The following example uploads part 1 of a multipart upload. The example specifies a file name for the part data. The
# Upload ID is same that is returned by the initiate multipart upload.

resp = client.upload_part({
  body: "fileToUpload", 
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  key: "examplelargeobject", 
  part_number: 1, 
  upload_id: "xadcOB_7YPBOJuoFiQ9cz4P3Pe6FIZwO4f7wN93uHsNBEw97pl5eNwzExg0LAT2dUN91cOmrEQHDsP3WA60CEg--", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  etag: "\"d8c2eafd90c266e19ab9dcacc479f8af\"", 
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.upload_part({
  body: source_file,
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  content_length: 1,
  content_md5: "ContentMD5",
  key: "ObjectKey", # required
  part_number: 1, # required
  upload_id: "MultipartUploadId", # required
  sse_customer_algorithm: "SSECustomerAlgorithm",
  sse_customer_key: "SSECustomerKey",
  sse_customer_key_md5: "SSECustomerKeyMD5",
  request_payer: "requester", # accepts requester
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.server_side_encryption #=> String, one of "AES256", "aws:kms"
resp.etag #=> String
resp.sse_customer_algorithm #=> String
resp.sse_customer_key_md5 #=> String
resp.ssekms_key_id #=> String
resp.bucket_key_enabled #=> Boolean
resp.request_charged #=> String, one of "requester"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:body (String, StringIO, File) —

Object data.
:bucket (required, String) —

The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.

When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see [Using Access Points] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

When using this API with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [Using S3 on Outposts] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3onOutposts.html
:content_length (Integer) —

Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the body cannot be determined automatically.
:content_md5 (String) —

The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the part data. This parameter is auto-populated when using the command from the CLI. This parameter is required if object lock parameters are specified.
:key (required, String) —

Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
:part_number (required, Integer) —

Part number of part being uploaded. This is a positive integer between 1 and 10,000.
:upload_id (required, String) —

Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being uploaded.
:sse_customer_algorithm (String) —

Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example, AES256).
:sse_customer_key (String) —

Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the ‘x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm header`. This must be the same encryption key specified in the initiate multipart upload request.
:sse_customer_key_md5 (String) —

Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
:request_payer (String) —

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requestor Pays Buckets] in the *Amazon S3 Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected bucket owner. If the bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::UploadPartOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #server_side_encryption => String
- #etag => String
- #sse_customer_algorithm => String
- #sse_customer_key_md5 => String
- #ssekms_key_id => String
- #bucket_key_enabled => Boolean
- #request_charged => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 13166

def upload_part(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:upload_part, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#upload_part_copy(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::UploadPartCopyOutput`

Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. You specify the data source by adding the request header ‘x-amz-copy-source` in your request and a byte range by adding the request header `x-amz-copy-source-range` in your request.

The minimum allowable part size for a multipart upload is 5 MB. For more information about multipart upload limits, go to [Quick Facts] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

<note markdown=“1”> Instead of using an existing object as part data, you might use the

UploadPart][2: operation and provide data in your request.

</note>

You must initiate a multipart upload before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request. Amazon S3 returns a unique identifier, the upload ID, that you must include in your upload part request.

For more information about using the ‘UploadPartCopy` operation, see the following:

For conceptual information about multipart uploads, see [Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.
For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see [Multipart Upload API and Permissions] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.
For information about copying objects using a single atomic operation vs. the multipart upload, see [Operations on Objects] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.
For information about using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys with the UploadPartCopy operation, see [CopyObject] and [UploadPart].

Note the following additional considerations about the request headers ‘x-amz-copy-source-if-match`, `x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match`, `x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since`, and `x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since`:

**Consideration 1** - If both of the ‘x-amz-copy-source-if-match` and `x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since` headers are present in the request as follows:

‘x-amz-copy-source-if-match` condition evaluates to `true`, and;

‘x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since` condition evaluates to `false`;

Amazon S3 returns ‘200 OK` and copies the data.
**Consideration 2** - If both of the ‘x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match` and `x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since` headers are present in the request as follows:

‘x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match` condition evaluates to `false`, and;

‘x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since` condition evaluates to `true`;

Amazon S3 returns ‘412 Precondition Failed` response code.

Versioning

If your bucket has versioning enabled, you could have multiple versions of the same object. By default, ‘x-amz-copy-source` identifies the current version of the object to copy. If the current version is a delete marker and you don’t specify a versionId in the ‘x-amz-copy-source`, Amazon S3 returns a 404 error, because the object does not exist. If you specify versionId in the `x-amz-copy-source` and the versionId is a delete marker, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP 400 error, because you are not allowed to specify a delete marker as a version for the `x-amz-copy-source`.

You can optionally specify a specific version of the source object to copy by adding the ‘versionId` subresource as shown in the following example:

‘x-amz-copy-source: /bucket/object?versionId=version id`

**Special Errors**

- *Code: NoSuchUpload*
- *Cause: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.*
- *HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found*
- *Code: InvalidRequest*
- *Cause: The specified copy source is not supported as a byte-range copy source.*
- *HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request*

**Related Resources**

CreateMultipartUpload][7
UploadPart][2
CompleteMultipartUpload][8
AbortMultipartUpload][9
ListParts][10
ListMultipartUploads][11

Examples:

Example: To upload a part by copying data from an existing object as data source


# The following example uploads a part of a multipart upload by copying data from an existing object as data source.

resp = client.upload_part_copy({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  copy_source: "/bucketname/sourceobjectkey", 
  key: "examplelargeobject", 
  part_number: 1, 
  upload_id: "exampleuoh_10OhKhT7YukE9bjzTPRiuaCotmZM_pFngJFir9OZNrSr5cWa3cq3LZSUsfjI4FI7PkP91We7Nrw--", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  copy_part_result: {
    etag: "\"b0c6f0e7e054ab8fa2536a2677f8734d\"", 
    last_modified: Time.parse("2016-12-29T21:24:43.000Z"), 
  }, 
}

Example: To upload a part by copying byte range from an existing object as data source


# The following example uploads a part of a multipart upload by copying a specified byte range from an existing object as
# data source.

resp = client.upload_part_copy({
  bucket: "examplebucket", 
  copy_source: "/bucketname/sourceobjectkey", 
  copy_source_range: "bytes=1-100000", 
  key: "examplelargeobject", 
  part_number: 2, 
  upload_id: "exampleuoh_10OhKhT7YukE9bjzTPRiuaCotmZM_pFngJFir9OZNrSr5cWa3cq3LZSUsfjI4FI7PkP91We7Nrw--", 
})

resp.to_h outputs the following:
{
  copy_part_result: {
    etag: "\"65d16d19e65a7508a51f043180edcc36\"", 
    last_modified: Time.parse("2016-12-29T21:44:28.000Z"), 
  }, 
}

Request syntax with placeholder values


resp = client.upload_part_copy({
  bucket: "BucketName", # required
  copy_source: "CopySource", # required
  copy_source_if_match: "CopySourceIfMatch",
  copy_source_if_modified_since: Time.now,
  copy_source_if_none_match: "CopySourceIfNoneMatch",
  copy_source_if_unmodified_since: Time.now,
  copy_source_range: "CopySourceRange",
  key: "ObjectKey", # required
  part_number: 1, # required
  upload_id: "MultipartUploadId", # required
  sse_customer_algorithm: "SSECustomerAlgorithm",
  sse_customer_key: "SSECustomerKey",
  sse_customer_key_md5: "SSECustomerKeyMD5",
  copy_source_sse_customer_algorithm: "CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm",
  copy_source_sse_customer_key: "CopySourceSSECustomerKey",
  copy_source_sse_customer_key_md5: "CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5",
  request_payer: "requester", # accepts requester
  expected_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
  expected_source_bucket_owner: "AccountId",
})

Response structure


resp.copy_source_version_id #=> String
resp.copy_part_result.etag #=> String
resp.copy_part_result.last_modified #=> Time
resp.server_side_encryption #=> String, one of "AES256", "aws:kms"
resp.sse_customer_algorithm #=> String
resp.sse_customer_key_md5 #=> String
resp.ssekms_key_id #=> String
resp.bucket_key_enabled #=> Boolean
resp.request_charged #=> String, one of "requester"

Parameters:

params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (params):

:bucket (required, String) —

The bucket name.

When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation with an access point through the AWS SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see [Using Access Points] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

When using this API with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this operation using S3 on Outposts through the AWS SDKs, you provide the Outposts bucket ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see [Using S3 on Outposts] in the *Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html [2]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3onOutposts.html
:copy_source (required, String) —
Specifies the source object for the copy operation. You specify the value in one of two formats, depending on whether you want to access the source object through an [access point]:
- For objects not accessed through an access point, specify the name of the source bucket and key of the source object, separated by a slash (/). For example, to copy the object ‘reports/january.pdf` from the bucket `awsexamplebucket`, use `awsexamplebucket/reports/january.pdf`. The value must be URL encoded.
- For objects accessed through access points, specify the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the object as accessed through the access point, in the format ‘arn:aws:s3:<Region>:<account-id>:accesspoint/<access-point-name>/object/<key>`. For example, to copy the object `reports/january.pdf` through access point `my-access-point` owned by account `123456789012` in Region `us-west-2`, use the URL encoding of `arn:aws:s3:us-west-2:123456789012:accesspoint/my-access-point/object/reports/january.pdf`. The value must be URL encoded.
  
  <note markdown=“1”> Amazon S3 supports copy operations using access points only when the source and destination buckets are in the same AWS Region.
```
</note>
```
  Alternatively, for objects accessed through Amazon S3 on Outposts, specify the ARN of the object as accessed in the format ‘arn:aws:s3-outposts:<Region>:<account-id>:outpost/<outpost-id>/object/<key>`. For example, to copy the object `reports/january.pdf` through outpost `my-outpost` owned by account `123456789012` in Region `us-west-2`, use the URL encoding of `arn:aws:s3-outposts:us-west-2:123456789012:outpost/my-outpost/object/reports/january.pdf`. The value must be URL encoded.
To copy a specific version of an object, append ‘?versionId=<version-id>` to the value (for example, `awsexamplebucket/reports/january.pdf?versionId=QUpfdndhfd8438MNFDN93jdnJFkdmqnh893`). If you don’t specify a version ID, Amazon S3 copies the latest version of the source object.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-points.html
:copy_source_if_match (String) —

Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches the specified tag.
:copy_source_if_modified_since (Time, DateTime, Date, Integer, String) —

Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time.
:copy_source_if_none_match (String) —

Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) is different than the specified ETag.
:copy_source_if_unmodified_since (Time, DateTime, Date, Integer, String) —

Copies the object if it hasn’t been modified since the specified time.
:copy_source_range (String) —

The range of bytes to copy from the source object. The range value must use the form bytes=first-last, where the first and last are the zero-based byte offsets to copy. For example, bytes=0-9 indicates that you want to copy the first 10 bytes of the source. You can copy a range only if the source object is greater than 5 MB.
:key (required, String) —

Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
:part_number (required, Integer) —

Part number of part being copied. This is a positive integer between 1 and 10,000.
:upload_id (required, String) —

Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being copied.
:sse_customer_algorithm (String) —

Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example, AES256).
:sse_customer_key (String) —

Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the ‘x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm` header. This must be the same encryption key specified in the initiate multipart upload request.
:sse_customer_key_md5 (String) —

Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
:copy_source_sse_customer_algorithm (String) —

Specifies the algorithm to use when decrypting the source object (for example, AES256).
:copy_source_sse_customer_key (String) —

Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to decrypt the source object. The encryption key provided in this header must be one that was used when the source object was created.
:copy_source_sse_customer_key_md5 (String) —

Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.
:request_payer (String) —

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see [Downloading Objects in Requestor Pays Buckets] in the *Amazon S3 Developer Guide*.

[1]: docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
:expected_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected destination bucket owner. If the destination bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.
:expected_source_bucket_owner (String) —

The account id of the expected source bucket owner. If the source bucket is owned by a different account, the request will fail with an HTTP ‘403 (Access Denied)` error.

Returns:

(Types::UploadPartCopyOutput) —
Returns a response object which responds to the following methods:
- #copy_source_version_id => String
- #copy_part_result => Types::CopyPartResult
- #server_side_encryption => String
- #sse_customer_algorithm => String
- #sse_customer_key_md5 => String
- #ssekms_key_id => String
- #bucket_key_enabled => Boolean
- #request_charged => String

See Also:

AWS API Documentation

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 13551

def upload_part_copy(params = {}, options = {})
  req = build_request(:upload_part_copy, params)
  req.send_request(options)
end

#wait_until(waiter_name, params = {}, options = {}) {|w.waiter| ... } ⇒ `Boolean`

Polls an API operation until a resource enters a desired state.

## Basic Usage

A waiter will call an API operation until:

It is successful
It enters a terminal state
It makes the maximum number of attempts

In between attempts, the waiter will sleep.

# polls in a loop, sleeping between attempts
client.wait_until(waiter_name, params)

## Configuration

You can configure the maximum number of polling attempts, and the delay (in seconds) between each polling attempt. You can pass configuration as the final arguments hash.

# poll for ~25 seconds
client.wait_until(waiter_name, params, {
  max_attempts: 5,
  delay: 5,
})

## Callbacks

You can be notified before each polling attempt and before each delay. If you throw ‘:success` or `:failure` from these callbacks, it will terminate the waiter.

started_at = Time.now
client.wait_until(waiter_name, params, {

  # disable max attempts
  max_attempts: nil,

  # poll for 1 hour, instead of a number of attempts
  before_wait: -> (attempts, response) do
    throw :failure if Time.now - started_at > 3600
  end
})

## Handling Errors

When a waiter is unsuccessful, it will raise an error. All of the failure errors extend from Waiters::Errors::WaiterFailed.

begin
  client.wait_until(...)
rescue Aws::Waiters::Errors::WaiterFailed
  # resource did not enter the desired state in time
end

## Valid Waiters

The following table lists the valid waiter names, the operations they call, and the default ‘:delay` and `:max_attempts` values.

| waiter_name | params | :delay | :max_attempts | | —————– | ——————– | ——– | ————- | | bucket_exists | #head_bucket | 5 | 20 | | bucket_not_exists | #head_bucket | 5 | 20 | | object_exists | #head_object | 5 | 20 | | object_not_exists | #head_object | 5 | 20 |

Parameters:

waiter_name (Symbol)
params (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})
options (Hash) (defaults to: {}) —

({})

Options Hash (options):

:max_attempts (Integer)
:delay (Integer)
:before_attempt (Proc)
:before_wait (Proc)

Yields:

(w.waiter)

Returns:

(Boolean) —

Returns ‘true` if the waiter was successful.

Raises:

(Errors::FailureStateError) —

Raised when the waiter terminates because the waiter has entered a state that it will not transition out of, preventing success.
(Errors::TooManyAttemptsError) —

Raised when the configured maximum number of attempts have been made, and the waiter is not yet successful.
(Errors::UnexpectedError) —

Raised when an error is encounted while polling for a resource that is not expected.
(Errors::NoSuchWaiterError) —

Raised when you request to wait for an unknown state.

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 13664

def wait_until(waiter_name, params = {}, options = {})
  w = waiter(waiter_name, options)
  yield(w.waiter) if block_given? # deprecated
  w.wait(params)
end

#waiter_names ⇒ `Object`

This method is part of a private API. You should avoid using this method if possible, as it may be removed or be changed in the future.

Deprecated.



13672
13673
13674

# File 'lib/aws-sdk-s3/client.rb', line 13672

def waiter_names
  waiters.keys
end

Class: Aws::S3::Client

Overview

Class Attribute Summary collapse

API Operations collapse

Class Method Summary collapse

Instance Method Summary collapse

Constructor Details

#initialize(options) ⇒ Client

Class Attribute Details

.identifier ⇒ Object (readonly)

Class Method Details

.errors_module ⇒ Object

Instance Method Details

#abort_multipart_upload(params = {}) ⇒ Types::AbortMultipartUploadOutput

Examples:

Example: To abort a multipart upload

Request syntax with placeholder values

Response structure

#build_request(operation_name, params = {}) ⇒ Object

#complete_multipart_upload(params = {}) ⇒ Types::CompleteMultipartUploadOutput

Examples:

Example: To complete multipart upload

Request syntax with placeholder values

Response structure

#copy_object(params = {}) ⇒ Types::CopyObjectOutput

Examples:

Example: To copy an object

Request syntax with placeholder values

Response structure

#create_bucket(params = {}) ⇒ Types::CreateBucketOutput

Examples:

Example: To create a bucket in a specific region

Example: To create a bucket

Request syntax with placeholder values

Response structure

#create_multipart_upload(params = {}) ⇒ Types::CreateMultipartUploadOutput

Examples:

Example: To initiate a multipart upload

Request syntax with placeholder values

Response structure

#delete_bucket(params = {}) ⇒ Struct

Examples:

Example: To delete a bucket

Request syntax with placeholder values

#delete_bucket_analytics_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ Struct

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values

#delete_bucket_cors(params = {}) ⇒ Struct

Examples:

Example: To delete cors configuration on a bucket.

Request syntax with placeholder values

#delete_bucket_encryption(params = {}) ⇒ Struct

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values

#delete_bucket_intelligent_tiering_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ Struct

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values

#delete_bucket_inventory_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ Struct

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values

#delete_bucket_lifecycle(params = {}) ⇒ Struct

Examples:

Example: To delete lifecycle configuration on a bucket.

Request syntax with placeholder values

#delete_bucket_metrics_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ Struct

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values

#delete_bucket_ownership_controls(params = {}) ⇒ Struct

Examples:

Request syntax with placeholder values

#delete_bucket_policy(params = {}) ⇒ Struct

Examples:

Example: To delete bucket policy

Request syntax with placeholder values

#delete_bucket_replication(params = {}) ⇒ Struct

Examples:

Example: To delete bucket replication configuration

Request syntax with placeholder values

#delete_bucket_tagging(params = {}) ⇒ Struct

Examples:

#initialize(options) ⇒ `Client`

.identifier ⇒ `Object` (readonly)

.errors_module ⇒ `Object`

#abort_multipart_upload(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::AbortMultipartUploadOutput`

#build_request(operation_name, params = {}) ⇒ `Object`

#complete_multipart_upload(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::CompleteMultipartUploadOutput`

#copy_object(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::CopyObjectOutput`

#create_bucket(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::CreateBucketOutput`

#create_multipart_upload(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::CreateMultipartUploadOutput`

#delete_bucket(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

#delete_bucket_analytics_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

#delete_bucket_cors(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

#delete_bucket_encryption(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

#delete_bucket_intelligent_tiering_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

#delete_bucket_inventory_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

#delete_bucket_lifecycle(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

#delete_bucket_metrics_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

#delete_bucket_ownership_controls(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

#delete_bucket_policy(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

#delete_bucket_replication(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

#delete_bucket_tagging(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

#delete_bucket_website(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

#delete_object(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::DeleteObjectOutput`

#delete_object_tagging(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::DeleteObjectTaggingOutput`

#delete_objects(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::DeleteObjectsOutput`

#delete_public_access_block(params = {}) ⇒ `Struct`

#get_bucket_accelerate_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput`

#get_bucket_acl(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketAclOutput`

#get_bucket_analytics_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput`

#get_bucket_cors(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketCorsOutput`

#get_bucket_encryption(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketEncryptionOutput`

#get_bucket_intelligent_tiering_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput`

#get_bucket_inventory_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput`

#get_bucket_lifecycle(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketLifecycleOutput`

#get_bucket_lifecycle_configuration(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput`

#get_bucket_location(params = {}) ⇒ `Types::GetBucketLocationOutput`